-
81 vita
f life( durata della vita) lifetimeanatomy waista vita for lifecosto m della vita cost of livingsenza vita lifeless* * *vita1 s.f.1 life*: vita degli animali, delle piante, animal, plant life; la vita umana, human life; la vita terrena, life on earth; essere in vita, to be living (o alive); essere in fin di vita, to be dying; essere privo di vita, to be lifeless; essere tra la vita e la morte, to be between life and death; rimanere in vita, to survive; non dare segni di vita, to show (o to give) no signs of life; rischiare la vita, to risk (o to venture) one's life; perdere la vita, to lose one's life; dare la vita a qlcu., to give birth to s.o.; dare la vita per qlcu., qlco., to give (o to sacrifice) one's life for s.o., sthg.; dar vita a qlco., to start (o to set up) sthg.; togliere la vita a qlcu., to take s.o.'s life; togliersi la vita, to kill oneself (o to commit suicide); richiamare in vita qlcu., to bring s.o. back to life; salvare la vita a qlcu., to save s.o.'s life; ti devo la vita, I owe you my life; aver cara la vita, to value one's life; vender cara la vita, to sell one's life dearly; essere attaccati alla vita, to love life // nella primavera, al tramonto della vita, in the spring, autumn of life // l'altra vita, the next life; la vita eterna, eternal life; passare a miglior vita, to pass away (o breath one's last) // lotta per la vita, struggle for life // assicurazione sulla vita, life insurance // è in gioco la sua vita, his life is at stake // è una questione di vita o di morte, it's a matter of life and death // ne va della vita, it's more than my life is worth // pena la vita, on pain of death // lo giuro sulla mia vita, I swear it on my life // l'aria e la luce sono la nostra vita, air and light are (o mean) life to us // il lavoro è la sua vita, work is his life; amor mio, vita mia!, my love, my life! // storie di vita vissuta, real life stories // conoscere la vita, to know life (o the world); avere esperienza della vita, to have experience of life (o of the world) // è la vita!, that's life! // finché c'è vita c'è speranza, (prov.) while there's life there's hope2 ( periodo di vita) life*; ( durata di una vita) lifetime: vita lunga, long life; vita media, average lifetime; (fis. nucleare) mean life; vita operativa, physical life; durante la sua vita, during his lifetime; tutta una vita di felicità, a lifetime of happiness; capita una sola volta nella vita, it happens only once in a lifetime; non l'ho mai fatto in vita mia, I have never done it in my life; quel giornale ha avuto vita breve, that newspaper had a short life // vita natural durante, for one's natural life // a vita, (for) life; carcere a vita, life imprisonment; condanna a vita, life sentence; essere condannato a vita, to be given a life sentence; pensione a vita, life pension; senatore a vita, senator for life // per ( tutta) la vita, for life: essere menomato per la vita, to be maimed for life; ti amerò per tutta la vita, I'll love you as long as I live // in vita, during one's life: in vita non è stato un gran che, during his lifetime he wasn't up to much // lo conosco da una vita, è una vita che lo conosco, I've known him for years3 ( modo di vivere) life*, living: vita sana, onesta, attiva, healthy, honest, active life; vita privata, pubblica, private, public life; ritirarsi a vita privata, to retire to private life; vita di relazione, social life; vita in comune, life together; far vita in comune, to live together; condurre una vita tranquilla, to lead a quiet life; vivere una vita disordinata, to live (o to lead) a disorderly life // tenore di vita, standard of living // che vita!, what a life! // vita da cani, dog's life // come va la vita?, how's life (o how are you getting on)? // fare una vita da nababbo, da re, to live like a lord (o a king) // fare la dolce vita, to live it up // fare una bella vita, to lead a good life // fare la, darsi alla bella vita, to lead a life of pleasure // fare la vita, to be a prostitute; donna di vita, prostitute // avere una doppia vita, to live (o to lead) a double life // cambiare vita, to mend one's ways // rifarsi una vita, to make a new life for oneself // trascinare la vita, to live (o to lead) a hard life // rendere la vita difficile a qlcu., to make life difficult for s.o. // sapere vita, morte e miracoli di qlcu., to know everything about s.o. // poca brigata vita beata, (prov.) the fewer the better4 ( il necessario per vivere) living: il costo della vita, the cost of living; la vita è sempre più cara, the cost of living is going up all the time; guadagnarsi la vita, to earn one's living; si guadagna onestamente la vita, he earns an honest living; guadagnarsi a stento la vita, to scrape a living5 ( vitalità) vitality, life*; ( animazione) animation: è piena di vita, she is full of life (o bubbling over with vitality); città, strada piena di vita, town, street full of life; musica piena di vita, music full of vitality; romanzo privo di vita, lifeless novel; dar vita a una festa, to liven up a party6 ( essere, persona) life*: non c'era traccia di vita per le strade, there was no sign of life in the streets; la guerra costa molte vite, war costs many lives; non si lamenta alcuna perdita di vite umane, no lives were lost (o there was no loss of life)7 ( biografia) life*, biography: hai letto le vite di Plutarco?, have you read Plutarch's lives?vita2 s.f. ( parte del corpo) waist: prendere qlcu. per la vita, to seize s.o. by the waist; giro di vita, waist measure; abito stretto in vita, a tight-waisted dress; avere la vita alta, bassa, essere corto, lungo di vita, to have a high, low waist, to be high-waisted, low-waisted; avere la vita stretta, sottile, to have a slender waist; vita di vespa, wasp waist // su con la vita!, cheer up!* * *I ['vita] sf1) (gen) lifedare la vita per qn/qc — to give one's life for sb/sth
2) (modo di vivere) life, lifestylenella vita quotidiana o di ogni giorno — in everyday life
II ['vita] sfcambiare vita — to change one's way of life o one's lifestyle
Anat waistabito a vita alta/bassa — dress with a high/low waist
punto (di) vita Sartoria — waist
* * *I ['vita]sostantivo femminile1) life*salvare la vita a qcn. — to save sb.'s life
a vita — [esiliare, segnare] for life; [esilio, sospensione] lifetime
rendere la vita difficile a qcn. — to make life difficult for sb.
il governo non avrà vita lunga — fig. the government won't last long
la vita di città, moderna — city life, present day life
2) (vitalità) life*pieno di vita — [persona, luogo] bursting with life
3) (biografia) life*4) fig. (molto tempo)ci vuole una vita per fare — it takes ages o an age to do
5) in vita alivetenere qcn., qcs. in vita — to keep sb., sth. alive (anche fig.)
•vita media — statist. expectation of life
••sapere vita, morte e miracoli di qcn. — = to know everything there's to know about sb.
darsi alla bella vita — to live it up, to lead the life of Riley
••finché c'è vita c'è speranza — prov. while there's life there's hope
Note:Dei due principali equivalenti inglesi della parola vita, life e living, il primo è il termine più generale che fa riferimento all'esperienza complessiva del vivere ( una questione di vita o di morte = a matter of life and death, un amico per la vita = a friend for life, lo stile di vita = the way of life / the lifestyle), mentre il secondo allude soprattutto alle necessità materiali del vivere ( condizioni di vita = living conditions, il costo della vita = the cost of living). Quando si parla della vita in generale, la parola life non è preceduta dall'articolo in inglese ( la vita è spesso dura = life is often hard), a meno che non ci sia una specificazione ( la vita dei contadini nell'Inghilterra medievale era spesso molto dura = the life of peasants in medieval England was often very hard)II ['vita]vita sottile, larga — slim, large waist o waistline
afferrare qcn. per la vita — to seize sb. around the waist
a vita alta, bassa — [ abito] high-, low-waisted
* * *vita1/'vita/Dei due principali equivalenti inglesi della parola vita, life e living, il primo è il termine più generale che fa riferimento all'esperienza complessiva del vivere ( una questione di vita o di morte = a matter of life and death, un amico per la vita = a friend for life, lo stile di vita = the way of life / the lifestyle), mentre il secondo allude soprattutto alle necessità materiali del vivere ( condizioni di vita = living conditions, il costo della vita = the cost of living). Quando si parla della vita in generale, la parola life non è preceduta dall'articolo in inglese ( la vita è spesso dura = life is often hard), a meno che non ci sia una specificazione ( la vita dei contadini nell'Inghilterra medievale era spesso molto dura = the life of peasants in medieval England was often very hard).sostantivo f.1 life*; salvare la vita a qcn. to save sb.'s life; non c'erano segni di vita there was no sign of life; togliersi la vita to take one own's life; tra la vita e la morte between life and death; c'è vita su Marte? is there life on Mars? forme di vita life forms; è una questione di vita o di morte it's a matter of life and death; per (tutta) la vita throughout one's life; non l'ho mai visto prima in vita mia I've never seen him before in my life; per la prima volta in vita mia for the first time in my life; che cosa farai nella vita? what are you going to do in life? a vita [esiliare, segnare] for life; [esilio, sospensione] lifetime; opera di (tutta) una vita work of a lifetime; avere una vita molto attiva to lead a busy life; rendere la vita difficile a qcn. to make life difficult for sb.; il governo non avrà vita lunga fig. the government won't last long; la vita di città, moderna city life, present day life; stile di vita lifestyle; condizioni di vita living conditions2 (vitalità) life*; prendere vita to come to life; è là che c'è vita that's where the action is; pieno di vita [persona, luogo] bursting with life3 (biografia) life*4 fig. (molto tempo) ci vuole una vita per fare it takes ages o an age to do; non la vedo da una vita it's been ages since I last saw her5 in vita alive; tenere qcn., qcs. in vita to keep sb., sth. alive (anche fig.); rimanere in vita to stay alivequesta (sì che) è vita! this is the life! così va la vita that's what life is all about; avere vita facile to have an easy ride; sapere vita, morte e miracoli di qcn. = to know everything there's to know about sb.; darsi alla bella vita to live it up, to lead the life of Riley; una vita da cani a dog's life; per la vita e per la morte! till death us do part! o la borsa o la vita! your money or your life! su con la vita! cheer up! finché c'è vita c'è speranza prov. while there's life there's hope; donna di vita hooker; fare la vita to be on the game BE\————————vita2/'vita/sostantivo f.(parte del corpo) waist; (circonferenza) waistline; vita sottile, larga slim, large waist o waistline; afferrare qcn. per la vita to seize sb. around the waist; a vita alta, bassa [ abito] high-, low-waisted; giro vita waist measurement. -
82 פטר
פָּטַר(b. h.) 1) to break through, open. Bekh.VIII, 1 (46a) (ref. to Ex. 13:2) עד שיִפְטְרוּ רחם מישראל (not שיפטרוה) provided they open the womb when the mother is an Israelite (although she conceived before her conversion); ib. 47a. 2) to send off, discharge, dismiss. Keth.XIII, 5, a. fr. או כנוס או פְּטוֹר (the betrothed has a right to say) either marry or release (me by divorce). Gitt.VI, 5 פִּטְרוּהָ … לא אמר כלום if one says to friends, ‘release her … he has said nothing (they are not authorized to write a letter of divorce, as it might mean, release her of her debts); ib. 65b ר׳ נתן אומר פַּטְּרוּהָ דבריו קיימין פִּיטָרוּהָ לא אמר כלום R. N. says, if he said paṭṭruha (Pi.), his words stand (a divorce is meant), but if he says piṭruha ( Kal) Ib. ר׳ נתן דבבלאה … בין פיטרוה לפטרוהוכ׳ R. N. who is a Babylonian, draws a distinction between piṭruha and paṭṭruha; our Tannai (in the Mishnah) being a Palestinian does not Ib. VIII, 4. פּוֹטֵר … בגט ישן a man may divorce his wife with an old letter of divorce (having been closeted with her after he had written it); Tosef. ib. VIII (VI), 3 אינו פוטרוכ׳ he must not divorce with an old letter, in order that the letter of divorce may not date farther back than (the conception of) her child; a. fr. 3) to dismiss, give leave, let go. Sot.IX, 6 ופְטַרְנוּהוּ בלא מזון and we let him (the stranger) go without provision. Midr. Till. to Ps. 91 מי גרול הפּוֹטֵר או הנִפְטָר which is the superior of the two? he who gives leave, or he who takes leave? Ib. (ref. to Gen. 32:27) הרי יעקב פוטר למלאך behold, Jacob gives leave to the angel; a. fr. 4) (law) to discharge, acquit; (ritual) to exempt from obligation, to declare free from punishment, eventually from sacrificial atonement, opp. חִיֵּיב. Erub.65a יכול אני לִפְטוֹרוכ׳ I can (by my plea) release from judgment the whole world (all Israelites) from the destruction of the Temple to the present time, for we read (Is. 51:21), Hear now this, thou afflicted and drunken (a drunken person is irresponsible); ib. מאי יכולני לפטור נמי מדין תפלה this ‘I can release means also from responsibility for neglect of prayer (the drunken not being permitted to pray). Succ.45b. Sabb.II, 5 ר׳ יוסי פוטר בכלןוכ׳ R. J. declares (him that did it) free from punishment or eventual sacrifice in all those cases, except Ker.IV, 2 ר׳ יהושע פוטר R. J. absolves him from bringing a sin-offering, opp. מחייב חטאת. Snh.V, 5 אם מצאו לו זכות פְּטָרוּהוּ if they found evidence in his favor, they (the court) acquitted him; a. v. fr.Trnsf. to cause exemption; to cover, include. Ber.VI, 5 ברך על היין … פ׳ את הייןוכ׳ if he recited the blessing over wine before the meal, he has therewith exempted the wine offered after the meal (from an additional blessing). Ib. 7 מברך על העיקר ופוטר את הטפלה he says the blessing over the chief dish, and with this he covers that which goes with it (v. טְפֵלָה). Yeb.I, 1 חמש … פּוֹטְרוֹת צרותיהן fifteen women (of various kinship with the yabam, by which he is prevented from marrying any of them) cover their rivals (making them free from dependence on the yabam for marriage or discharge); a. fr.Part. pass. פָּטוּר; f. פְּטוּרָה; pl. פְּטוּרִים, פְּטוּרִין; פְּטוּרוֹת (is, are) exempt, free, opp. חַיָּיב. Peah I, 6 ופ׳ מן המעשרותוכ׳ and he need not give the tithes, until B. Mets.VIII, 1 פ׳ (sub. מלשלם) he is free from indemnity. Ib. VII, 10 מתנה … להיות פ׳ משבועה may have an agreement to be eventually exempt from making oath; להיות פ׳ מלשלם to be exempt from responsibility. Kidd.I, 7 כל מצות הבן על האב … ונשים פ׳ to all paternal duties men are bound, but women (mothers) are exempt from them. Yeb.I, 2 כשם שבתו פ׳ כך צרתה פ׳ as well as his (the yabams) daughter is exempt (from the law of levirate marriage, because the yabam cannot marry her), so her rival is exempt; a. v. fr. Pi. פִּיטֵּר to dismiss; to divorce. Gitt.65b, v. supra. Kidd.31b פַּטְּרוּנִי dismiss (escort) me; a. e. Nif. נִפְטָר, Hithpa. הִתְפַטֵּר 1) to be exempted, freed. Bekh.II, 1 לא נִפְטְרוּ מבכורוכ׳ they (the Levites) have not been exempted from consecrating the firstborn of clean animals, but only from redeeming their firstborn sons and the firstborn of asses; a. e. 2) to be dismissed, take leave, depart. Yoma I, 5 נפטרו והלכו להם they took leave and went. Sot.IX, 5. Ber.64a הנ׳ מחבירווכ׳ he who leaves his friend (after escorting him a distance) must not say, ‘go in peace, but, ‘go to peace; הנ׳ מן המתוכ׳ he who takes leave of the dead (after burial) Ib. 31a; Erub.64a לא יִפָּטֵר אדםוכ׳ one must not leave a friend otherwise than with a word of tradition (on legal or religious subjects), by which he may remember him; a. fr.Esp. to depart this world, to die. Ber.17a גדל בשם טוב ונ׳ בשם טוב מן העולם who grew (lived) with a good name, and left the world with a good name. Tem.16a בשעהשנ׳ משה רבינו לגן עדן when Moses our teacher was to depart for paradise. Gen. R. s. 96; a. fr.Yalk. Koh. 989 בשעה … מִתְפַּטְּרִיםוכ׳ when the children are dismissed from school. Hif. הִפְטִיר 1) to discard; ה׳ בשפה to discard with the lip, to spurn. Pesik. R. s. 37 מחרקין … ומַפְטִירִים בשפתותיהם gnashed their teeth … and spurned with their lips (ref. to Ps. 22:8). Treat. Der. Er. ch. 2 מפְטִירֵי שפה (= מפטירין בשפה). 2) to dismiss, adjourn a meeting. Y.Ber.IV, 7d top הַפְטֵר את העם dismiss the people (adjourn the meeting). M. Kat. 5b, v. בָּכָה. Ḥull.51a מַפְטִיר כנסיות one who dismisses the assemblies, janitor, v. כְּנֶסֶת.Pes.X, 8, v. אֶפִּיקוֹמָן; a. e. 3) ( to recite before dismissal, to conclude the reading from the Law by reading a portion of the Prophets, to read the Hafṭarah (v. הַפְטָרָה). Meg.IV, 1 בשני … ואין מַפְטִירִין בנביא on Mondays, Thursdays and Saturday afternoons three persons read from the Law …, and we do not close with a lesson from the Prophets. Ib. 5 המפטיר בנביא הואוכ׳ he who concludes with the prophetic lesson (being the last of those called up) has the privilege of, v. פָּרַס; a. fr. -
83 פָּטַר
פָּטַר(b. h.) 1) to break through, open. Bekh.VIII, 1 (46a) (ref. to Ex. 13:2) עד שיִפְטְרוּ רחם מישראל (not שיפטרוה) provided they open the womb when the mother is an Israelite (although she conceived before her conversion); ib. 47a. 2) to send off, discharge, dismiss. Keth.XIII, 5, a. fr. או כנוס או פְּטוֹר (the betrothed has a right to say) either marry or release (me by divorce). Gitt.VI, 5 פִּטְרוּהָ … לא אמר כלום if one says to friends, ‘release her … he has said nothing (they are not authorized to write a letter of divorce, as it might mean, release her of her debts); ib. 65b ר׳ נתן אומר פַּטְּרוּהָ דבריו קיימין פִּיטָרוּהָ לא אמר כלום R. N. says, if he said paṭṭruha (Pi.), his words stand (a divorce is meant), but if he says piṭruha ( Kal) Ib. ר׳ נתן דבבלאה … בין פיטרוה לפטרוהוכ׳ R. N. who is a Babylonian, draws a distinction between piṭruha and paṭṭruha; our Tannai (in the Mishnah) being a Palestinian does not Ib. VIII, 4. פּוֹטֵר … בגט ישן a man may divorce his wife with an old letter of divorce (having been closeted with her after he had written it); Tosef. ib. VIII (VI), 3 אינו פוטרוכ׳ he must not divorce with an old letter, in order that the letter of divorce may not date farther back than (the conception of) her child; a. fr. 3) to dismiss, give leave, let go. Sot.IX, 6 ופְטַרְנוּהוּ בלא מזון and we let him (the stranger) go without provision. Midr. Till. to Ps. 91 מי גרול הפּוֹטֵר או הנִפְטָר which is the superior of the two? he who gives leave, or he who takes leave? Ib. (ref. to Gen. 32:27) הרי יעקב פוטר למלאך behold, Jacob gives leave to the angel; a. fr. 4) (law) to discharge, acquit; (ritual) to exempt from obligation, to declare free from punishment, eventually from sacrificial atonement, opp. חִיֵּיב. Erub.65a יכול אני לִפְטוֹרוכ׳ I can (by my plea) release from judgment the whole world (all Israelites) from the destruction of the Temple to the present time, for we read (Is. 51:21), Hear now this, thou afflicted and drunken (a drunken person is irresponsible); ib. מאי יכולני לפטור נמי מדין תפלה this ‘I can release means also from responsibility for neglect of prayer (the drunken not being permitted to pray). Succ.45b. Sabb.II, 5 ר׳ יוסי פוטר בכלןוכ׳ R. J. declares (him that did it) free from punishment or eventual sacrifice in all those cases, except Ker.IV, 2 ר׳ יהושע פוטר R. J. absolves him from bringing a sin-offering, opp. מחייב חטאת. Snh.V, 5 אם מצאו לו זכות פְּטָרוּהוּ if they found evidence in his favor, they (the court) acquitted him; a. v. fr.Trnsf. to cause exemption; to cover, include. Ber.VI, 5 ברך על היין … פ׳ את הייןוכ׳ if he recited the blessing over wine before the meal, he has therewith exempted the wine offered after the meal (from an additional blessing). Ib. 7 מברך על העיקר ופוטר את הטפלה he says the blessing over the chief dish, and with this he covers that which goes with it (v. טְפֵלָה). Yeb.I, 1 חמש … פּוֹטְרוֹת צרותיהן fifteen women (of various kinship with the yabam, by which he is prevented from marrying any of them) cover their rivals (making them free from dependence on the yabam for marriage or discharge); a. fr.Part. pass. פָּטוּר; f. פְּטוּרָה; pl. פְּטוּרִים, פְּטוּרִין; פְּטוּרוֹת (is, are) exempt, free, opp. חַיָּיב. Peah I, 6 ופ׳ מן המעשרותוכ׳ and he need not give the tithes, until B. Mets.VIII, 1 פ׳ (sub. מלשלם) he is free from indemnity. Ib. VII, 10 מתנה … להיות פ׳ משבועה may have an agreement to be eventually exempt from making oath; להיות פ׳ מלשלם to be exempt from responsibility. Kidd.I, 7 כל מצות הבן על האב … ונשים פ׳ to all paternal duties men are bound, but women (mothers) are exempt from them. Yeb.I, 2 כשם שבתו פ׳ כך צרתה פ׳ as well as his (the yabams) daughter is exempt (from the law of levirate marriage, because the yabam cannot marry her), so her rival is exempt; a. v. fr. Pi. פִּיטֵּר to dismiss; to divorce. Gitt.65b, v. supra. Kidd.31b פַּטְּרוּנִי dismiss (escort) me; a. e. Nif. נִפְטָר, Hithpa. הִתְפַטֵּר 1) to be exempted, freed. Bekh.II, 1 לא נִפְטְרוּ מבכורוכ׳ they (the Levites) have not been exempted from consecrating the firstborn of clean animals, but only from redeeming their firstborn sons and the firstborn of asses; a. e. 2) to be dismissed, take leave, depart. Yoma I, 5 נפטרו והלכו להם they took leave and went. Sot.IX, 5. Ber.64a הנ׳ מחבירווכ׳ he who leaves his friend (after escorting him a distance) must not say, ‘go in peace, but, ‘go to peace; הנ׳ מן המתוכ׳ he who takes leave of the dead (after burial) Ib. 31a; Erub.64a לא יִפָּטֵר אדםוכ׳ one must not leave a friend otherwise than with a word of tradition (on legal or religious subjects), by which he may remember him; a. fr.Esp. to depart this world, to die. Ber.17a גדל בשם טוב ונ׳ בשם טוב מן העולם who grew (lived) with a good name, and left the world with a good name. Tem.16a בשעהשנ׳ משה רבינו לגן עדן when Moses our teacher was to depart for paradise. Gen. R. s. 96; a. fr.Yalk. Koh. 989 בשעה … מִתְפַּטְּרִיםוכ׳ when the children are dismissed from school. Hif. הִפְטִיר 1) to discard; ה׳ בשפה to discard with the lip, to spurn. Pesik. R. s. 37 מחרקין … ומַפְטִירִים בשפתותיהם gnashed their teeth … and spurned with their lips (ref. to Ps. 22:8). Treat. Der. Er. ch. 2 מפְטִירֵי שפה (= מפטירין בשפה). 2) to dismiss, adjourn a meeting. Y.Ber.IV, 7d top הַפְטֵר את העם dismiss the people (adjourn the meeting). M. Kat. 5b, v. בָּכָה. Ḥull.51a מַפְטִיר כנסיות one who dismisses the assemblies, janitor, v. כְּנֶסֶת.Pes.X, 8, v. אֶפִּיקוֹמָן; a. e. 3) ( to recite before dismissal, to conclude the reading from the Law by reading a portion of the Prophets, to read the Hafṭarah (v. הַפְטָרָה). Meg.IV, 1 בשני … ואין מַפְטִירִין בנביא on Mondays, Thursdays and Saturday afternoons three persons read from the Law …, and we do not close with a lesson from the Prophets. Ib. 5 המפטיר בנביא הואוכ׳ he who concludes with the prophetic lesson (being the last of those called up) has the privilege of, v. פָּרַס; a. fr. -
84 partir
v.1 to divide, to split.Ella partió la fruta She split the fruit.2 to break open.le partieron el brazo they broke his armle partieron la ceja/el labio they split o cut her eyebrow/lippárteme un pedazo de pan break me off a piece of bread3 to leave, to set off.4 to depart, to get along, to go away, to leave.Ellos partieron ayer They departed yesterday.5 to crush, to move to pity, to shake.El dolor partió a Ricardo The pain crushed Richard.* * *1 (dividir) to divide, split2 (romper) to break; (nueces, almendras) to crack3 familiar (fastidiar) to mess up1 (irse) to leave, set out, set off2 (proceder) to originate from■ ¿de quién partió la idea? whose idea was it?1 to break\a partir de hoy from now onpara partirse familiar hilariouspartir a alguien por la mitad to ruin somebody's plans, mess somebody uppartir la cara a alguien familiar to smash somebody's face inpartirse de risa familiar to split one's sides laughing* * *verb1) to cut, halve, split2) break, crack3) divide4) depart, leave•- partir de* * *1. VT1) (=dividir) [+ tarta, sandía, baraja] to cut; [+ tableta de chocolate] to break; [+ tronco] to splitparte la barra de pan por la mitad — [con cuchillo] cut the baguette in half; [con las manos] break the baguette in half
¿te parto un trozo de queso? — shall I cut you (off) a piece of cheese?
2) (=romper) [+ hueso, diente] to break; [+ rama] to break off; [+ nuez, almendra] to crack¡te voy a partir la cara! — * I'm going to smash your face in! *
3) (=distribuir) to share out; (=compartir) to share4) * (=fastidiar) to mess up *no soporto estas reuniones a las 11, me parten toda la mañana — I hate these 11 o'clock meetings, they mess up the whole morning *
2. VI1) (=ponerse en camino) [persona, expedición] to set off; [tren, avión] to depart (de from) ( para for)( hacia in the direction of)la expedición partirá mañana de París — the expedition will set out o depart from Paris tomorrow
partieron del puerto de Palos con destino a América — they set sail for America from the port of Palos
2)partiendo de la base de que... — working on the principle that..., assuming that...
¿de quién partió la idea? — whose idea was it?
3)a partir del lunes — from Monday, starting on Monday
¿qué podemos deducir a partir de estos datos? — what can we deduce from these data?
3.See:* * *1.verbo transitivoa) ( con cuchillo) <tarta/melón> to cutlo partió en dos/por la mitad — he cut it in two/in half
¿me partes otro trozo? — can you cut me another piece?
b) ( romper) <piedra/coco> to break, smash; <nuez/avellana> to crack; <rama/palo> to break2.te voy a partir la cara! — (fam) I'll smash your face in! (colloq)
partir vi1)a) (frml) tren/avión/barco to leave, depart (frml); persona/delegación to leave, depart (frml)b) auto (Chi) to start2)a)partir DE algo — de una premisa/un supuesto to start from something
debemos partir de la base de que... — we should start from the premise that...
b)a partir de ahora/ese momento — from now on/that moment on
a partir del cambio la situación ha mejorado — since the change, the situation has improved
3.a partir de hoy — (as o starting) from today
partirse v prona) mármol/roca to split, smashse le partió un diente — she broke o chipped a tooth
te vas a partir la cabeza — you're going to split o crack your head open
* * *= cleave, split, head out, go forth.Ex. Ethnic and racial differences cleaved the American working class.Ex. In the mechanised paper fibre process individual pages are soaked and split so that acid-free paper can be put between the two layers.Ex. It's tempting to splurge on a new hi-fi system or head out on a shopping spree, but the smart option might be to pay off an existing debt.Ex. Finally six men agreed to go forth in their underclothes and nooses around their necks in hopeful expectation that their sacrifice would satisfy the king's bloodlust and he would spare the rest of the citizens.----* a partir de = based on, working from, from, on a diet of, in response to.* a partir de ahora = from now on, from this point on, henceforth, as of now.* a partir de ahora y durante + Cuantificador + algunos años = for + Cuantificador + years to come.* a partir de aquí = hereupon.* a partir de ello = therefrom.* a partir de entonces = from this time on, hereafter, thereafter, from then on, thenceforth, whereafter, henceforth, from that moment on.* a partir de ese momento = from that moment on.* a partir de este momento = hereinafter.* a partir de esto = on this basis.* a partir de + Fecha = from + Fecha, effective + Fecha.* a partir de hoy = as from today.* a partir de la medianoche = late night.* a partir de los títulos = title-based.* catalogar partiendo de cero = catalogue + from scratch.* comenzar partiendo de cero = build + from scratch.* compilar partiendo de cero = compile + from scratch, compile + from scratch.* construir partiendo de cero = construct + from scratch.* de partirse de risa = side-splitting.* hacer a partir de = make out of.* hacer una plancha a partir de un molde = cast + plate + from mould.* introducir datos partiendo de cero = enter from + scratch.* para partirse de risa = side-splitting.* partiendo de = on the basis of.* partiendo de cero = from scratch, from an empty slate, from the ground up.* partiendo de esto = on this basis, on that basis.* partiendo de la práctica = practice-led.* partiendo del hecho de que = based on the understanding that.* partir de = rest on/upon, stem from, draw on/upon, build on/upon, strike out from.* partir de cero = begin + from scratch.* partir de la base de que = start from + the premise that, build on + the premise that.* partir de la premisa de que = start from + the premise that, build on + the premise that.* partir de presupuestos = make + assumption.* partir de una premisa = base upon + assumption, assumption + undergird.* partir el bacalao = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.* partir en dos = halve, rend in + two.* partir por la mitad = halve, break in + half.* partir por medio = rend in + two.* partirse de reír = burst into + side-splitting laughter, burst into + a fit of laughter, be in fits of laughter.* partirse de risa = laugh + Posesivo + head off, burst into + side-splitting laughter, burst into + a fit of laughter.* partirse de risa = be in fits of laughter.* partirse la cara por = work + Reflexivo + to death, work + Reflexivo + to the ground.* ¡que + Pronombre + partir un rayo! = be damned!.* trabajar a partir de = work forward.* * *1.verbo transitivoa) ( con cuchillo) <tarta/melón> to cutlo partió en dos/por la mitad — he cut it in two/in half
¿me partes otro trozo? — can you cut me another piece?
b) ( romper) <piedra/coco> to break, smash; <nuez/avellana> to crack; <rama/palo> to break2.te voy a partir la cara! — (fam) I'll smash your face in! (colloq)
partir vi1)a) (frml) tren/avión/barco to leave, depart (frml); persona/delegación to leave, depart (frml)b) auto (Chi) to start2)a)partir DE algo — de una premisa/un supuesto to start from something
debemos partir de la base de que... — we should start from the premise that...
b)a partir de ahora/ese momento — from now on/that moment on
a partir del cambio la situación ha mejorado — since the change, the situation has improved
3.a partir de hoy — (as o starting) from today
partirse v prona) mármol/roca to split, smashse le partió un diente — she broke o chipped a tooth
te vas a partir la cabeza — you're going to split o crack your head open
* * *= cleave, split, head out, go forth.Ex: Ethnic and racial differences cleaved the American working class.
Ex: In the mechanised paper fibre process individual pages are soaked and split so that acid-free paper can be put between the two layers.Ex: It's tempting to splurge on a new hi-fi system or head out on a shopping spree, but the smart option might be to pay off an existing debt.Ex: Finally six men agreed to go forth in their underclothes and nooses around their necks in hopeful expectation that their sacrifice would satisfy the king's bloodlust and he would spare the rest of the citizens.* a partir de = based on, working from, from, on a diet of, in response to.* a partir de ahora = from now on, from this point on, henceforth, as of now.* a partir de ahora y durante + Cuantificador + algunos años = for + Cuantificador + years to come.* a partir de aquí = hereupon.* a partir de ello = therefrom.* a partir de entonces = from this time on, hereafter, thereafter, from then on, thenceforth, whereafter, henceforth, from that moment on.* a partir de ese momento = from that moment on.* a partir de este momento = hereinafter.* a partir de esto = on this basis.* a partir de + Fecha = from + Fecha, effective + Fecha.* a partir de hoy = as from today.* a partir de la medianoche = late night.* a partir de los títulos = title-based.* catalogar partiendo de cero = catalogue + from scratch.* comenzar partiendo de cero = build + from scratch.* compilar partiendo de cero = compile + from scratch, compile + from scratch.* construir partiendo de cero = construct + from scratch.* de partirse de risa = side-splitting.* hacer a partir de = make out of.* hacer una plancha a partir de un molde = cast + plate + from mould.* introducir datos partiendo de cero = enter from + scratch.* para partirse de risa = side-splitting.* partiendo de = on the basis of.* partiendo de cero = from scratch, from an empty slate, from the ground up.* partiendo de esto = on this basis, on that basis.* partiendo de la práctica = practice-led.* partiendo del hecho de que = based on the understanding that.* partir de = rest on/upon, stem from, draw on/upon, build on/upon, strike out from.* partir de cero = begin + from scratch.* partir de la base de que = start from + the premise that, build on + the premise that.* partir de la premisa de que = start from + the premise that, build on + the premise that.* partir de presupuestos = make + assumption.* partir de una premisa = base upon + assumption, assumption + undergird.* partir el bacalao = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.* partir en dos = halve, rend in + two.* partir por la mitad = halve, break in + half.* partir por medio = rend in + two.* partirse de reír = burst into + side-splitting laughter, burst into + a fit of laughter, be in fits of laughter.* partirse de risa = laugh + Posesivo + head off, burst into + side-splitting laughter, burst into + a fit of laughter.* partirse de risa = be in fits of laughter.* partirse la cara por = work + Reflexivo + to death, work + Reflexivo + to the ground.* ¡que + Pronombre + partir un rayo! = be damned!.* trabajar a partir de = work forward.* * *partir [I1 ]vt1 (con cuchillo) ‹tarta/melón› to cutpartió la pera en dos/por la mitad he cut the pear in two/in halfparte la empanada en cinco partes iguales cut the pie into five equal pieces¿me partes otro trozo? can you cut me another piece?2 (romper) ‹piedra/coco› to break, smash; ‹nuez/avellana› to crack¿me partes un pedazo de pan? could you break me off a piece of bread?el rayo partió el árbol por la mitad the lightning split the tree in twopartió la vara en dos he broke o snapped the stick in two3 (con un golpe) ‹labio› to split, split open; ‹cabeza› to split open4 «frío» ‹labios› to chap5 ‹baraja› to cut■ partirviApartió ayer con destino a Londres she left for London yesterdaypartiremos a las ocho we'll set off o set out at eight, we shall depart at eight o'clock ( frml)la expedición partirá de Lima hacia Cuzco el día 15 the expedition will leave Lima for Cuzco on the 15thB «auto» ( Chi) to startC1 partir DE algo ‹de una premisa/un supuesto› to start FROM sthdebemos partir de la base de que lograremos los fondos we should start from the premise o assumption that we will obtain the funds, we should start by assuming that we will obtain the fundspartiendo de esta hipótesis taking this hypothesis as a starting pointsi partimos de que estamos en inferioridad de condiciones if we start by assuming/accepting that we are at a disadvantage2a partir de froma partir de ese momento ella empezó a cambiar from that moment she began to changea partir de la implementación de esas medidas la situación ha venido mejorando since the implementation of these measures, the situation has been improvinga partir de hoy/del sábado (starting) from today/from Saturdaya partir de ahora from now on, starting from nowa partir de ese lugar el ascenso se hace cada vez más difícil from that point on the ascent becomes increasingly difficulta partir de estos datos ¿qué conclusiones podemos sacar? what conclusions can we draw from these facts?, given these facts, what conclusions can we draw?■ partirse1 «mármol/roca» to split, smash, breakse le partió un diente she broke o chipped a tooth2 ( refl) «persona» ‹labio› to split; ‹diente› to break, chipsi te caes, te vas a partir la cabeza if you fall, you'll split o crack your head open* * *
partir ( conjugate partir) verbo transitivo
‹nuez/avellana› to crack;
‹rama/palo› to break
‹ cabeza› to split open
verbo intransitivo
1
2a) partir DE algo ‹de una premisa/un supuesto› to start from sthb)◊ a partir de from;
a partir de ahora/ese momento from now on/that moment on;
a partir de hoy (as o starting) from today
partirse verbo pronominal
‹ diente› to break, chip
partir
I verbo transitivo
1 (romper, quebrar) to break: me parte el corazón verte tan desalentada, it's heartbreaking to see you so depressed
partir una nuez, to shell a walnut
2 (dividir) to split, divide
(con un cuchillo) to cut
II vi (irse) to leave, set out o off
♦ Locuciones: a partir de aquí/ahora, from here on/now on
a partir de entonces no volvimos a hablarnos, we didn't speak to each other from then on
' partir' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
alma
- cero
- cortar
- piñón
- salir
- tarde
- dividir
- largo
- momento
English:
as
- begin
- break off
- break up
- evening
- from
- halve
- on
- onward
- onwards
- pally
- scratch
- snap
- split
- start
- thereafter
- upward
- upwards
- after
- break
- consent
- depart
- hence
- then
- there
- to
- today
- up
* * *♦ vt70 partido por 2 es igual a 35 70 divided by 2 equals 352. [repartir] to share out;partió el dinero del premio con sus hermanos he shared the prize money with his brothers;partió el dinero del premio entre sus hermanos he shared out the prize money between his brothers3. [romper] to break open;[cascar] to crack; [cortar] to cut; [diente] to chip; [ceja, labio] to split (open), to cut;le partieron el brazo they broke his arm;le partieron la ceja/el labio they split o cut her eyebrow/lip;párteme un pedazo de pan break me off a piece of bread;párteme otra rodaja de melón cut me another slice of melon;Famaquel contratiempo nos partió la mañana that setback ruined our morning for us♦ vi1. [marchar] to leave, to set off (de/para from/for);el buque partió de las costas británicas con rumbo a América the ship set sail from Britain for Americapartir de cero to start from scratch;la idea partió de un grupo de colegiales it was a group of schoolchildren that first had the idea;partimos de la base de que todos saben leer we are assuming that everyone can read;partiendo de este hecho, Newton creó una nueva teoría Newton built a new theory around this fact3. [repartir] to share out;el que parte y reparte se lleva la mejor parte people always save the biggest part for themselves* * *I v/t2 ( romper) break open, split open3 ( cortar) cutII v/i ( irse) leave;partir de fig start from;a partir de hoy (starting) from today;a partir de ahora from now on* * *partir vt1) : to cut, to split2) : to break, to crack3) : to share (out), to dividepartir vi1) : to leave, to depart2)partir de : to start from3)a partir de : as of, froma partir de hoy: as of today* * *partir vb¿me partes un trozo de queso? can you cut me a slice of cheese? -
85 قدم
قَدَّمَ \ accord: to give; allow: He was accorded permission to use the library. contribute: to give sth. for a common purpose: Each of us contributed (a pound) to the cost of the gift. give: to cause sb. to have (sth.); provide: What gave you that idea? Who gave you that cut on your face? Sheep give us wool, (with a noun that can also be a verb) to make he gave a shout (or He shouted). He gave me his promise (or He promised). hold out: to offer (for sb. else to take): He held out his plate for some food. introduce: to make (sb. or sth.) known to sb.: I introduced him to my father. I introduced them (to each other). He introduced me to the art of fishing. offer: to give sb. the chance to accept (sth.): They offered the job to the younger woman, but she refused it. present: to give formally; hand over: He presented me with a bill for $5, to put forward; show She presented her plans to the meeting. produce: to show (a ticket, proof, etc.) so as to satisfy sb.. render: to give, as a duty (help, thanks etc.). \ See Also منح (مَنَحَ)، أَضْفَى على، ساهم في (سَاهَمَ في)، عَرَّف بِـ، عرض (عَرَضَ)، برز (بَرَزَ) \ قَدَّمَ \ help: to serve sb. with food or drink: Help yourself to some coffee. Let me help you to some cake. \ See Also نَاوَلَ طعامًا \ قَدَّمَ الاحترام \ pay one’s respects: to express polite formal greetings. \ قَدَّمَ الأضاحي \ sacrifice: to offer (sth.) ceremonially to a god: The ancient Greeks sacrificed animals on important feast days. \ قَدَّمَ التماسًا \ petition: to ask (the government) through a petition: We petitioned (the government) for a speed limit in our street. \ See Also عريضة (عَريضة) \ قَدَّمَ امتحانًا \ sit (for) an examination: to take a public exam: I’m going to sit (for) the university entrance exam. \ قَدَّمَ تَرْضِية \ make amends: to show that one is sorry, by doing sth. helpful: I must make amends for the harm I have done. \ قَدَّمَ تقريرًا عن \ report: to give an account of (sth.): The newspapers report events and speeches. You must report the accident to the police. I shall report you to the headmaster (I shall tell him about your wrongdoing). Please report on your visit when you return. \ قَدَّمَ الحُجَّة \ argue: to give a serious opinion, with reasons: The writer of this book argues that there is life on Mars. \ See Also الدَّليل \ قَدَّمَ الطعام \ serve: to share out food or drink: My wife served coffee to our guests. \ See Also الشَّراب \ قَدَّمَ طَلَبًا \ apply: to ask, esp. in writing: He applied (to me) for permission. \ قَدَّمَ طَلبًا لِـ \ apply for: (esp. a job): Fifty people have applied for the job. \ قَدَّمَ العَوْن \ lend a hand: to help: Would you lend me a hand with moving this big table?. \ قَدَّمَ مُتَطَوِّعًا \ volunteer: to offer willingly (without being forced): He volunteered to join the army. \ قَدَّمَ نَصيحة \ counsel: to give an opinion or advice about what sb. else should do. \ قَدَّمَ نَفسَه \ report: to go somewhere and state one’s name (and be ready to receive orders): Report to my office at 6.00. Report for duty as soon as you get there. \ قَدَّم هَدِيّة \ present: to give (sth.) as a present, often ceremonially: The firm presented a gold watch to their chief clerk. They presented him with a watch. -
86 दुर् _dur
दुर् ind. (A prefix substituted for दुस् before words beginning with vowels or soft consonants in the sense of 'bad'. 'hard' or 'difficult to do a certain thing'; for compounds with दुस् as first member see दुस् s. v.).-Comp. -अक्ष a.1 weak-eyed.-2 evileyed.(-क्षः) 1 a loaded or false die.-2 dishonest gambling.-अक्षरम् an evil word; श्रुतिं ममाविश्य भवद्दुरक्षरं सृजत्यदः कीटकवदुत्कटा रुजः N.9.63.-अतिक्रम a. difficult to be overcome or conquered, unconquerable; सर्वं तु तपसा साध्यं तपो हि दुरति- क्रमम् Ms.11.2.38; स्वभावो दुरतिक्रमः 'nature cannot be changed'; स्वजातिर्दुरतिक्रमा Pt.1.-2 insurmountable, impassable; B. R.6.18-19.-3 inevitable. (-मः) an epithet of Viṣṇu.-अत्यय a.1 difficult to be overcome; स्वर्गमार्गपरिघो दुरत्ययः R.11.88.-2 hard to be attained or fathomed; स एष आत्मा स्वपरेत्यबुद्धिभिर्दुरत्यया- नुक्रमणो निरूप्यते Bhāg.7.5.13.-अदृष्टम् ill-luck, misfortune.-अधिग, -अधिगम a.1 hard to reach or attain, unattainable; Bhāg.3.23.8; दुरधिगमः परभागो यावत्पुरुषेण पौरुषं न कृतम् Pt.1.33.-2 insurmountable.-3 hard to be studied or understood; इह दुरधिगमैः किञ्चि- देवागमैः Ki.5.18.-अधिष्ठित a. badly performed, managed, or executed. (-तम्) improper stay at a place.-अधीत a. badly learnt or read.-अध्यय a.1 difficult of attainment; सहस्रवर्त्मा चपलैर्दुरध्ययः Śi.12.11.-2 hard to be studied.-अध्यवसायः a foolish undertaking.-अध्वः a bad road; स्वयं दुरध्वार्णवनाविकाः कथं स्पृशन्तु विज्ञाय हृदापि तादृशीम् N.9.33.-अन्त a.1 whose end is difficult to be reached, endless, infinite; संकर्षणाय सूक्ष्माय दुरन्तायान्तकाय च Bhāg.-2 ending ill or in misery, unhappy; अहो दुरन्ता बलवद्विरोधिता Ki.1.23; नृत्यति युवति- जनेन समं सखि विरहिजनस्य दुरन्ते (वसन्ते) Gīt.1; इयमुदरदरी- दुरन्तधारा यदि न भवेदभिमानभङ्गभूमिः Udb.-3 hard to be understood or known.-4 insurmountable.-अन्तक a. = दुरन्त q. v. (-कः) an epithet of Śiva.-अन्वय a.1 difficult to be passed along; Mb.14.51.17.-2 hard to be carried out or followed.-3 difficult to be attained. or understood; बुद्धिश्च ते महाप्राज्ञ देवैरपि दुरन्वया Rām.3. 66.18.-4 not suitable, improper; वचो दुरन्वयं विप्रास्तूष्णी- मासन्भ्रमद्धियः Bhāg.1.84.14.(-यः) 1 a wrong conclusion, one wrongly inferred from given premisses.-2 (in gram.) a false agreement.-अपवादः ill report. slander.-अभिग्रह a. difficult to be caught.-अभि- मानिन् a. vain-glorious, disagreeably proud.- अवगम a. incomprehensible; Bhāg.5.13.26.-अवग्रह a.1 difficult to be restrained or subjugated; भक्ता भजस्व दुरवग्रह मा त्यजास्मान् Bhāg.1.29.31.-2 disagreeable.-अवग्राह a. difficult to be attained; Bhāg.7.1.19.-अवच्छद a. difficult to be hidden; हेतुभिर्लक्षयांचक्रुराप्रीतां दुरवच्छदैः Bhāg.1.62.28.-अवबोध a. unintelligible. Bhāg.1.49.29.-अवसित a. unfathomed, difficult to be ascertained, द्युपतिभिरजशक्रशंकराद्यैर्दुरवसितस्तवमच्युतं नतो$स्मि Bhāg.12.12.67.-अवस्थ a. ill off, badly or poorly circumstanced.-अवस्था, -स्थानम् a wretched or miser- able state; Bhāg.5.3.12.-अवाप a. difficult to be gained or fulfilled; Ś.1.-अवेक्षितम् an improper look.-अह्नः a bad day.-आकृति a. ugly, mis-shaped.-आक्रन्द a. crying bitterly or miserably; किं क्रन्दसि दुराक्रन्द स्वपक्ष- क्षयकारक Pt.4.29.-आक्रम a.1 invincible, unconquer- able.-2 difficult to be passed.-आक्रमणम् 1 unfair attack.-2 difficult approach.-आगमः improper or illegal acquisition.-आग्रहः foolish obstinacy, head- strongness, pertinacity; ममाहमित्यूढदुराग्रहाणां पुंसाम् Bhāg.3. 5.43.- आचर a.1 hard to be performed.-2 incurable (as a disease).-आचार a.1 ill-conducted, badly be- haved.-2 following bad practices, wicked, depraved; अपि चेत्सुदुराचारो भजते मामनन्यभाक् Bg.9.3. (-रः) bad practice, ill-conduct, wikedness.-आढ्य a. not rich, poor.-आत्मता vileness, baseness, wickedness.-आत्मन् a. evil-natured, low, wicked, vile, base, mean; ये च प्राहुर्दुरात्मानो दुराराध्या महीभुजः Pt.1.39. (-m.) a rascal, villain, scoundrel.- आधर a. difficult to be withstood or overpowered, irresistible.-आधर्ष a. hard to be approached or assailed, unassailable जगन्नाथो दुराधर्षो गङ्गां भागीरथीं प्रति Mb.-2 not to be attacked with impu- nity.-3 haughty. (-र्षः) white mustard.-आधारः an epithet of Śiva.-आधिः (m.)1 distress or anxiety of mind; निरस्तनारीसमया दुराधयः Ki.1.28.-2 indignation.-आधी a. Ved. malignant, thinking ill of.- आनम a. difficult to bend or draw; स विचिन्त्य धनुर्दुरानमम् R.11.38.-आप a.1 difficult to be obtained; श्रिया दुरापः कथमीप्सितो भवेत् Ś.3.13; R.1.72;6.62.-2 difficult to be ap- proached; Pt.1.67.-3 hard to be overcome.-आपादन a. difficult to be brought about; किं दुरापादनं तेषाम् Bhāg.3.23.42.-आपूर a. difficult to be filled or satisfied; Bhāg.7.6.8.-आबाध a. hard to be molested. (-धः) N. of Śiva.-आमोदः bad scent, stench; शवधूमदुरामोदः शालिभक्ते$त्र विद्यते Ks.82.22.-आराध्य a. difficult to be propitiated, hard to be won over or conciliated; दुराराध्याः श्रियो राज्ञां दुरापा दुष्परिग्रहाः Pt.1.38.-आरुह a. difficult to be mounted.(-हः) 1 the Bilva tree.-2 the cocoanut tree.-3 the date tree.-आरोप a. difficult to be strung (bow); दुरारोपमैन्दुशेखरं धनुर्दुर्निवारा रावणभुजदण्डाः B. R.1.46-47.-आरोह a. difficult of ascent.(-हः) 1 The cocoanut tree.-2 the palm tree.-3 the date tree.-आलापः 1 a curse, imprecation.-2 foul of abusive language.-आलोक a.1 difficult to be seen or perceived.-2 painfully bright, dazzling; दुरालोकः स समरे निदाघाम्बररत्नवत् K. P.1. (-कः) dazzling splendour.-आव(वा)र a.1 difficult to be covered or filled up; दुरावरं त्वदन्येन राज्यखण्डमिदं महत् Rām.2.15.5.-2 difficult to be restrained, shut in, kept back or stopped.-आवर्त a. difficult to be convinced or set up; भवन्ति सुदुरावर्ता हेतुमन्तो$पि पण्डिताः Mb.12.19.23.- आशय a.1 evil-minded, wicked, malicious, स्फुटनिर्भिन्नो दुराशयो$धमः Śi. उपेयिवान् मूलमशेषमूलं दुराशयः कामदुघाङ्घ्रिपस्य Bhāg.3.21.15.-2 having a bad place or rest. (-m.) the subtle body which is not destroyed by death (लिङ्गदेह); एतन्मे जन्म लोके$स्मिन्मुमुक्षूणां दुराशयात् Bhāg.3.24. 36.-आशा 1 a bad or wicked desire.-2 hoping against hope.-आस a. difficult to be abided or associated with; संघर्षिणा सह गुणाभ्यधिकैर्दुरासम् Śi.5.19.- आसद a.1 difficult to be approached or overtaken; स सभूव दुरासदः परैः R.3.66; 8.4; Mv.2.5; 4.15.-2 difficult to be found or met with.-3 unequalled, unparalleled.-4 hard to be borne, insupportable.-5 difficult to be conquered, unassailable, unconquerable; जहि शत्रुं महाबाहो कामरूपं दुरासदम् Bg.3.43. (-दः) an epithet of Śiva.-इत a.1 difficult.-2 sinful.(-तम्) 1 a bad course, evil, sin; दरिद्राणां दैन्यं दुरितमथ दुर्वासनहृदां द्रुतं दूरीकुर्वन् G. L.2; R.8.2; Amaru.2; Mv.3.43.-2 a difficulty, danger.-3 a calamity, evil; अपत्ये यत्तादृग्- दुरितमभवत् U.4.3.-इतिः f. Ved.1 a bad course.-2 difficulty.-इष्टम् 1 a curse, imprecation.-2 a spell or sacrificial rite performed to injure another person.-ईशः a bad lord or master.-ईषणा, -एषणा 1 a curse, an imprecation.-2 an evil eye.-उक्त a. harshly utter- ed; Pt.1.89.-उक्तम्, -उक्तिः f. offensive speech, reproach, abuse, censure; लक्ष्मि क्षमस्व वचनीयमिदं दुरुक्तम् Udb.-उच्छेद a. difficult to be destroyed.-उत्तर a.1 unanswerable.-2 difficult to be crossed; दुरुत्तरे पङ्क इवान्धकारे Bk.11.2; प्राप्तः पङ्को दुरुत्तरः Ki.15.17.- उदय a. appearing with difficulty, not easily manifested; यो$ नात्मनां दुरुदयो भगवान्प्रतीतः Bhāg.3.16.5.-उदर्क a. having bad or no consequences; N.5.41.-उदाहर a. diffi- cult to be pronounced or composed; अनुज्झितार्थसंबन्धः प्रबन्धो दुरुदाहरः Śi.2.73.-उद्वह a. burdensome, unbear- able.- उपसद a. difficult of approach; Ki.7.9.-उपसर्पिन् a. approaching incautiously; एकमेव दहत्यग्निर्नरं दुरुपसर्पिणम् Ms.7.9.-ऊह a. abstruse; जानीते जयदेव एव शरणः श्लाघ्ये दुरूहद्रुते Gīt.-एव a. Ved.1 having evil ways.-2 irresis- tible, unassailable. (-वः) a wicked person.-ओषस् a. Ved. slow, lazy.- ग 1 difficult of access, inaccessible, impervious, impassable; दुर्गस्त्वेष महापन्थाः Mb.12.3. 5; दुर्गं पथस्तत्कवयो वदन्ति Kaṭh.1.3.14.-2 unattain- able.-3 incomprehensible.-4 following wicked path, vicious; Rām.2.39.22.(-गः, -गम्) 1 a difficult or narrow passage through a wood or over a stream, mountain &c., a defile, narrow pass.-2 a citadel. fortress, castle; न दुर्गं दुर्गमित्येव दुर्गमं मन्यते जनः । तस्य दुर्गमता सैव यत्प्रभुस्तस्य दुर्गमः ॥ Śiva. B.16.61.-3 rough ground.-4 difficulty, adversity, calamity, distress, danger; निस्तारयतिं दुर्गाच्च Ms.3.98;11.43; मच्चित्तः सर्व- दुर्गाणि मत्प्रसादात्तरिष्यसि; Bg.18.58.(-गः) 1 bdellium.-2 the Supreme Being.-3 N. of an Asura slain by Durgā (thus receiving her name from him). ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚पतिः, ˚पालः the commandant or governor of a castle. ˚अन्तः The suburb of a fort; दुर्गान्ते सिद्धतापसाः Kau. A. 1.12. ˚कर्मन् n. fortification. ˚कारक a. making difficult. (-कः) the birch tree. ˚घ्नी N. of Durgā. ˚तरणी an epithet of Sāvitrī. सावित्री दुर्गतरणी वीणा सप्तविधा तथा Mb. ˚मार्गः a defile, gorge. ˚लङ्घनम् surmounting difficu- lties. (-नः) a camel. ˚संचरः1 a difficult passage as to a fort &c., a bridge &c. over a defile. ˚संस्कारः Repairs to the old forts; अतो दुर्गसंस्कार आरब्धव्ये किं कौमुदीमहोत्सवेन Mu. ˚सिंहः N. of the author of कलापपरिशिष्ट. ˚व्यसनम् a defect or weak point in a fortress. (-र्गा) an epithet of Pārvatī, wife of Śiva.-2 the female cuckoo-3 N. of several plants. ˚नवमी the 9th day of the bright half of कार्तिक. ˚पूजा the chief festival in honour of दुर्गा in Bengal in the month of Āśvina.-गत a.1 unfortunate, in bad circumstances; समाश्वसिमि केनाहं कथं प्राणिमि दुर्गतः Bk.18.1.-2 indigent, poor.-3 distressed, in trouble.-गतता ill-luck, poverty, misery; तावज्जन्मातिदुःखाय ततो दुर्गतता सदा Pt.1.265.-गतिः f.1 misfortune, poverty, want, trouble, indigence; न हि कल्याणकृत्कश्चिद् दुर्गतिं तात गच्छति Bg.6.4.-2 a difficult situation or path.-3 hell.-गन्ध a. ill-smelling.(-न्धः) 1 bad odour, stink-2 any ill-smelling substance.-3 an onion.-4 the mango tree. (-न्धम्) sochal salt.-गन्धि, -गन्धिन् a. ill-smelling.-गम a.1 impassable, inaccessible, impervious; कामिनीकायकान्तारे कुचपर्वतदुर्गमे Bh.1.86; Śi. 12.49.-2 unattainable, difficult of attainment.-3 hard to be understood. (-मम्) a difficult place like hill etc; भ्राम्यन्ते दुर्गमेष्वपि Pt.5.81.-गाढ, -गाध, -गाह्य a. difficult to be fathomed or investigated, unfathomable.-गुणितम् not properly studied; चिराम्यस्तपथं याति शास्त्रं दुर्गुणितं यथा Avimārakam.2.4.-गोष्ठी evil association; conspiracy. वृद्धो रक्कः कम्पनेशो दुर्गोष्ठीमध्यगो$भवत् Rāj. T.6. 17.-ग्रह a.1 difficult to be gained or accomplished.-2 difficult to be conquered or subjugated; दुर्गाणि दुर्ग्रहाण्यासन् तस्य रोद्धुरपि द्विषाम् R.17.52.-3 hard to be understood.(-हः) 1 a cramp, spasm.-2 obstinacy.-3 whim, monomania; कथं न वा दुर्ग्रहदोष एष ते हितेन सम्य- ग्गुरुणापि शम्यते N.9.41.-घट a.1 difficult. कार्याणि घटयन्नासीद् दुर्घटान्यपि हेलया Rāj. T.4.364.-2 impossible.-घण a.1 closely packed together, very compact.-घुरुटः An unbeliever; L. D. B.-घोषः 1 a harsh cry.-2 a bear.-जन a.1 wicked, bad, vile.-2 slanderous, malicious, mischievous; यथा स्त्रीणां तथा वाचां साधुत्वे दुर्जनो जनः U.1.6. (-नः) a bad or wicked person, a malicious or mischievous man, villain; दुर्जनः प्रियवादी च नैतद्विश्वास- कारणम् Chāṇ.24,25; शाम्येत्प्रत्यपकारेण नोपकारेण दुर्जनः Ku.2.4. (दुर्जनायते Den. Ā. to become wicked; स्वजनो$पि दरिद्राणां तत्क्षणाद् दुर्जनायते Pt.1.5.). (दुर्जनीकृ [च्वि] to make blameworthy; दुर्जनीकृतास्मि अनेन मां चित्रगतां दर्शयता Nāg.2).-जय a. invincible. (-यः) N. of Viṣṇu.-जर a.1 ever youthful; तस्मिन्स्तनं दुर्जरवीर्यमुल्बणं घोराङ्कमादाय शिशोर्दधावथ Bhāg.1.6.1.-2 hard (as food), indigestible.-3 difficult to be enjoyed; राजश्रीर्दुर्जरा तस्य नवत्वे भूभुजो$भवत् Rāj. T.5.19.-जात a.1 unhappy, wretched.-2 bad-tempered, bad, wicked; Rāj. T.3. 142.-3 false, not genuine. ˚जीयिन् a. one who is born in vain; यो न यातयते वैरमल्पसत्त्वोद्यमः पुमान् । अफलं जन्म तस्याहं मन्ये दुर्जातजायिनः ॥ Mb.(-तम्) 1 a misfortune, calamity, difficulty; त्वं तावद् दुर्जाते मे$त्यन्तसाहाय्यकारिणी भव M.3; दुर्जातबन्धुः R.13.72. 'a friend in need or adversity.'-2 impropriety.-जाति a.1 bad natured, vile, wicked; रुदितशरणा दुर्जातीनां सहस्व रुषां फलम् Amaru.96.-2 out- cast. (-तिः f.) misfortune, ill condition.-ज्ञान, -ज्ञेय a. difficult to be known, incomprehensible. उच्चावचेषु भुतेषु दुर्ज्ञेयामकृतात्मभिः Ms.6.73. (-यः) N. of Śiva.-णयः, -नयः, -नीतिः 1 bad conduct.-2 impropriety-3 in- justice.-णामन्, -नामन् a. having a bad name.-णीत a.1 ill-behaved.-2 impolitic.-3 forward. (-तम्) miscon- duct; दुर्णीतं किमिहास्ति किं सुचरितं कः स्थानलाभे गुणः H.-दम, -दमन, -दम्य a. difficult to be subdued, untamable, indomitable.-दर्श a.1 difficult to be seen.-2 dazzling; सुदुर्दर्शमिदं रूपं दृष्टवानसि यन्मन Bg.11.52.-दर्शन a. ugly, ill-looking; दुर्दर्शनेन घटतामियमप्यनेन Māl.2.8.-दशा a misfortune, calamity.-दान्त a.1 hard to be tamed or subdued, untamable; Śi.12.22.-2 intractable, proud, insolent; दुर्दान्तानां दमनविधयः क्षत्रियेष्वायतन्ते Mv.3.34.(-तः) 1 a calf.-2 a strife, quarrel.-3 N. of Śiva.-दिन a. cloudy, rainy.(-नम्) 1 a bad day in general; तद्दिनं दुर्दिनं मन्ये यत्र मित्रागमो हि न Subhāṣ.-2 a rainy or cloudy day, stormy or rainy weather; उन्नमत्यकालदुर्दिनम् Mk.5; Ku.6 43; Mv.4.57.-3 a shower (of any- thing); द्विषां विषह्य काकुत्स्थस्तत्र नाराचदुर्दिनम् ॥ सन्मङ्गलस्नात इव R.4.41,82;5.47; U.5.5.-4 thick darkness; जीमूतैश्च दिशः सर्वाश्चक्रे तिमिरदुर्दिनाः Mb. (दुर्दिनायते Den. Ā. to become cloudy.)-दिवसः a dark or rainy day; Pt.1.173.-दुरूटः, -ढः 1 an unbeliever-2 an abusive word.-दृश a.1 disagreeable to the sight, disgusting; दुर्दृशं तत्र राक्षसं घोररूपमपश्यत्सः Mb.1.2.298.-2 difficult to be seen; पादचारमिवादित्यं निष्पतन्तं सुदुर्दृशम् Rām.7.33.5.-दृष्ट a. ill- judged or seen, wrongly decided; Y.2.35.-दैवम् ill-luck, misfortune.-द्यूतम् an unfair game.-द्रुमः onion (green).-धर a.1 irresistible, difficult to be stopped.-2 difficult to be borne or suffered; दुर्धरेण मदनेन साद्यते Ghat.11; Ms.7.28.-3 difficult to be accomplished.-4 difficult to be kept in memory. (-रः) quicksilver.-धर्ष a.1 inviolable, unassailable.-2 inaccessible; संयोजयति विद्यैव नीचगापि नरं सरित् । समुद्रमिव दुर्धर्षं नृपं भाग्य- मतः परम् ॥ H. Pr.5.-3 fearful, dreadful.-4 haughty.-धी a. stupid, silly.-नयः 1 arrogance.-2 immorality.-3 evil strategy; उन्मूलयितुमीशो$हं त्रिवर्गमिव दुर्नयः Mu.5.22.-नामकः piles. ˚अरिः a kind of bulbous root (Mar. सुरण).-नामन् m. f. a cockle. (-n.) piles.-निग्रह a. irre- pressible, unruly; मनो दुर्निग्रहं चलम् Bg.6.35.-निमित a. carelessly put or placed on the ground; पदे पदे दुर्निमिते गलन्ती R.7.1.-निमित्तम् 1 a bad omen; R.14.5.-2 a bad pretext.-निवार, -निवार्य a. difficult to be check- ed or warded off, irresistible, invincible.-नीतम् 1 mis- conduct, bad policy, demerit, misbehaviour; दुर्णीतं किमि- हास्ति Pt.2.21; H.1.49.-2 ill-luck.-नीतिः f. mal- administration; दुर्नीतिं तव वीक्ष्य कोपदहनज्वालाजटालो$पि सन्; Bv.4.36.-नृपः a bad king; आसीत् पितृकुलं तस्य भक्ष्यं दुर्नृप- रक्षसः Rāj. T.5.417.-न्यस्त a. badly arranged; दुर्न्यस्त- पुष्परचितो$पि Māl.9.44.-बल a.1 weak, feeble.-2 enfeebled, spiritless; दुर्बलान्यङ्गकानि U.1.24.-3 thin, lean, emaciated; U.3.-4 small, scanty, little; स्वार्थोप- पत्तिं प्रति दुर्बलाशः R.5.12.-बाध a. Unrestrained (अनिवार); दुर्बाधो जनिदिवसान्मम प्रवृद्धः (आधिः); Mv.6.28.-बाल a.1 bald-headed.-2 void of prepuce.-3 having crook- ed hair.-बुद्धि a.1 silly, foolish, stupid.-2 perverse, evil-minded, wicked; धार्तराष्ट्रस्य दुर्बुद्धेर्युद्धे प्रियचिकीर्षवः (समा- गताः) Bg.1.23-बुध a. wicked-minded, silly; Mb. 11.4.18.-बोध a. unintelligible, unfathomable, inscru- table; निसर्गदुर्बोधमबोधविक्लवाः क्व भूपतीनां चरितं क्व जन्तवः Ki. 1.6.-भग a.1 unfortunate, unlucky; श्रीवल्लभं दुर्भगाः (निन्दन्ति) Pt.1.415.-2 not possessed of good features, ill-looking.-भगा 1 a wife disliked by her husband; दुर्भगाभरणप्रायो ज्ञानं भारः क्रियां विना H.1.17.-2 an ill-tempered woman, a shrew.-3 a widow;-भर a. insupportable, burdensome, heavily laden with (comp.); ततो राजाब्रवीदेतं बहुव्यसनदुर्भरः Ks.112.156.-भाग्य a. unfortunate, unlucky. (ग्यम्) ill-luck.-भावना 1 an evil thought.-2 a bad tendency.-भिक्षम् 1 scarcity of provisions, dearth, famine; Y.2.147; Ms.8.22; उत्सवे व्यसने चैव दुर्भिक्षे... यस्तिष्ठति स बान्धवः H.1.71; Pt.2.-2 want in general.-भिद, -भेद, -भेद्य a. firm; सुजनस्तु कनकघटवद् दुर्भेद्यश्चाशु संध्येयः Subhāṣ.-भृत्यः a bad servant.-भिषज्यम् incurability; Bṛi. Up.4.3.14.-भ्रातृ m. a bad brother.-मङ्कु a. obstinate, disobedient.-मति a.1 silly, stupid, foolish, ignorant.-2 wicked, evilminded; न सांपरायिकं तस्य दुर्मतेर्विद्यते फलम् Ms.11.3.-मद a. drun- ken, ferocious, maddened, infatuated; Bhāg.1.15.7.-दः foolish pride, arrogance.-दम् the generative organ; ग्रामकं नाम विषयं दुर्मदेन समन्वितः Bhāg.4.25.52.-मनस् a. troubled in mind, discouraged, disspirited, sad, malancholy; अद्य बार्हस्पतः श्रीमान् युक्तः पुष्येण राघवः । प्रोच्यतै ब्राह्मणैः प्राज्ञैः केन त्वमसि दुर्मनाः ॥ Rām. [दुर्मनायते Den. Ā. to be troubled in mind, be sad, meditate sorrowfully, to be disconso- late, become vexed or fretted; Māl.3].-मनुष्यः a bad or wicked man.-मन्त्रः, -मन्त्रितम्, -मन्त्रणा evil advice, bad counsel; दुर्मन्त्रान्नृपतिर्विनश्यति; Pt.1.169.-मरम् a hard or difficult death; Mb.14.61.9.-मरी a kind of दूर्वा grass.-मरणम् violent or unnatural death.-मर्ष a.1 unbearable; Bhāg.6.5.42.-2 obstinate, hostile.-मर्षणः N. of Viṣṇu.-मर्षित a. provocated, encouraged; एवं दुर्मर्षितो राजा स मात्रा बभ्रुवाहनः Mb.14. 79.13,-मर्याद a. immodest, wicked.-मल्लिका, -मल्ली a minor drama, comedy, farce; S. D.553.-मित्रः 1 a bad friend.-2 an enemy.-मुख a.1 having a bad face, hideous, ugly; Bh.1.9.-2 foul-mouthed, abusive, scurrilous; Bh.2.69.(-खः) 1 a horse.-2 N. of Śiva.-3 N. of a serpent king (Nm.)-4 N. of a monkey (Nm.)-5 N. of a year (29th year out of 6 years cycle).-मूल्य a. highly priced, dear.-मेधस् a. silly, foolish, dull-headed, dull; Pt.1. (-m.) a dunce, dull-headed man, blockhead; ग्रन्थानधीत्य व्याकर्तु- मिति दुर्मेधसो$प्यलम् Śi.2.26.-मैत्र a. unfriendly, hostile; Bhāg.7.5.27.-यशस् n. ill-repute, dishonour.-योगः 1 bad or clumsy contrivance.-2 a bad combi- nation.-योध, -योधन a. invincible, unconquerable. (-नः) the eldest of the 11 sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Gāndhārī. [From his early years he conceived a deep hatred for his cousins the Pāṇḍavas, but particularly Bhīma, and made every effort he could to compass their destruction. When his father pro- posed to make Yudhiṣṭhira heir-apparent, Duryodhana did not like the idea, as his father was the reigning sovereign, and prevailed upon his blind father to send the Pāṇḍavas away into exile. Vāraṇāvata was fixed upon as their abode, and under pretext of constructing a palatial building for their residence, Duryodhana caused a palace to be built mostly of lac, resin and other combustible materials, thereby hoping to see them all destroyed when they should enter it. But the Paṇḍavas were forewarned and they safely escaped. They then lived at Indraprastha, and Yudhiṣṭhira performed the Rājasuya sacrifice with great pomp and splendour. This event further excited the anger and jealousy of Duryodhana, who was already vexed to find that his plot for burning them up had signally failed, and he induced his father to invite the Pāṇḍavas to Hastināpura to play with dice (of which Yudhiṣṭhira was particularly fond). In that gambling-match, Duryodhana, who was ably assisted by his maternal uncle Śakuni, won from Yudhiṣṭhira everything that he staked, till the infatuated gambler staked himself, his brothers, and Draupadī herself, all of whom shared the same fate. Yudhiṣṭhira, as a condition of the wager, was forced to go to the forest with his wife and brothers, and to remain there for twelve years and to pass one addi- tional year incognito. But even this period, long as it was, expired, and after their return from exile both the Pāṇḍavas and Kauravas made great preparations for the inevitable struggle and the great Bhāratī war commenced. It lasted for eighteen days during which all the Kauravas, with most of their allies, were slain. It was on the last day of the war that Bhīma fought a duel with Duryodhana and smashed his thigh with his club.] मोघं तवेदं भुवि नामधेयं दुर्योधनेतीह कृतं पुरस्तात् न हीह दुर्योधनता तवास्ति पलायमानस्य रणं विहाय Mb.4.65.17.-योनि a. of a low birth, न कथंचन दुर्योनिः प्रकृतिं स्वां नियच्छति Ms.1.59.-लक्ष्य a. difficult to be seen or perceived, hardly visible.-क्ष्यम् bad aim; मनः प्रकृत्यैव चलं दुर्लक्ष्यं च तथापि मे Ratn.3.2.-लभ a.1 difficult to be attained, or accomplished; R.1.67;17.7; Ku.4.4;5.46,61; दुर्लभं भारते जन्म मानुष्यं तत्र दुर्लभम् Subhāṣ.-2 difficult to be found or met with, scarce, rare; शुद्धान्तदुर्लभम् Ś.1.17.-3 best, excellent, eminent.-ग्रामः a village situated close to a large village and inhabited by the free-holders (अग्र- हारोपजीविनः); Māna.1.79-8.-4 dear, beloved.-5 costly.-ललित a.1 spoilt by fondling, fondled too much, hard to please; हा मदङ्कदुर्ललित Ve.4; V.2.8; Māl.9.-2 (hence) wayward, naughty, illbred, unruly; स्पृहयामि खलु दुर्ललितायास्मै Ś.7. (-तम्) waywardness, rudeness.-लेख्यम् a forged document. Y.2.91.-वच a.1 difficult to be described, indescribable. अपि वागधिपस्य दुर्वचं वचनं तद् विदधीत विस्मयम् Ki.2.2.-2 not to be talked about.-3 speaking improperly, abusing. (-चम्) abuse, censure, foul language.-वचस् n. abuse, censure; असह्यं दुर्वचो ज्ञातेर्मेघा- न्तरितरौद्रवत् Udb.-वर्ण a. bad-coloured.-र्णः 1 bad colour.-2 impurity; यथा हेम्नि स्थितो वह्निर्दुवर्णं हन्ति धातु- जम् Bhāg.12.3.47.(-र्णम्) 1 silver. दुर्वर्णभित्तिरिह सान्द्रसुधासुवर्णा Śi.4.28.-2 a kind of leprosy.-वस a. difficult to be resided in.-वसतिः f. painful residence; R.8.94.-वह a. heavy, difficult to be borne; दुर्वहगर्भखिन्नसीता U.2.1; Ku.1.11.-वाच् a. speaking ill. (-f.)1 evil words, abuse.-2 inelegant language or speech.-वाच्य a.1 difficult to be spoken or uttered.-2 abusive, scurrilous.-3 harsh, cruel (as words).(-च्यम्) 1 censure, abuse.-2 scandal, ill-repute.-वातः a fart. ˚वातय Den. P. to break wind or fart; इत्येके विहसन्त्येनमेके दुर्वातयन्ति च Bhāg.11.23.4.-वादः slander, defamation, calumny.-वार, -वारण a. irresistible, unbearable; R.14.87; किं चायमरिदुर्वारः पाणौ पाशः प्रचेतसः Ku.2.21.-वासना 1 evil propensity, wicked desire; कः शत्रुर्वद खेददानकुशलो दुर्वासनासंचयः Bv. 1.86.-2 a chimera.-वासस् a.1 ill-dressed.-2 naked. (-m.) N. of a very irascible saint or Ṛiṣi, son of Atri and Anasūyā. (He was very hard to please, and he cursed many a male and female to suffer misery and degradation. His anger, like that of Jama- dagni, has become almost proverbial.)-वाहितम् a heavy burden; उरोजपूर्णकुम्भाङ्का सदुर्वाहितविभ्रमा Rāj. T.4.18.-विगाह, -विगाह्य a. difficult to be penetrated or fathomed, unfathomable.-विचिन्त्य inconcei- vable, inscrutable-विद a. difficult to be known or discovered; नूनं गतिः कृतान्तस्य प्राज्ञैरपि सुदुर्विदा Mb.7.78. 2.-विदग्ध 1 unskilled, raw, foolish, stupid, silly.-2 wholly ignorant.-3 foolishly puffed up, elated. vainly proud; वृथाशस्त्रग्रहणदुर्विदग्ध Ve.3; ज्ञानलवदुर्विदग्धं ब्रह्मापि नरं न रञ्जयति Bh.2.3.-विद्ध a. Badly perforated (a pearl); Kau. A.2.11.-विद्य a. uneducated; Rāj. T.1.354.-विध a.1 mean, base, low.-2 wicked, vile.-3 poor, indigent; विदधाते रुचिगर्वदुर्विधम् N.2.23.-4 stupid, foolish, silly; विविनक्ति न बुद्धिदुर्विधः Śi.16.39.-विनयः misconduct, imprudence.-विनीत a.1 (a) badly educated, ill-mannered; ill-behaved, wicked; शासितरि दुर्विनीतानाम् Ś.1.24. (b) rude, naughty, mis- chievous.-2 stubborn, obstinate.(-तः) 1 a restive or untrained horse.-2 a wayward person, reprobate.-विपाक a. producing bad fruit; श्रितासि चन्दनभ्रान्त्या दुर्विपाकं विषद्रुमम् U.1.46.(-कः) 1 bad result or conse- quence; U.1.4; किं नो विधिरिह वचने$प्यक्षमो दुर्विपाकः Mv. 6.7.-2 evil consequences of acts done either in this or in a former birth.-विभाव्य a. inconceivable; also दुर्विभाव; असद्वृत्तेरहो वृत्तं दुर्विभावं विधेरिव Ki.11.56.-विमर्श a. difficult to be tried or examined; यो दुर्विमर्शपथया निजमाययेदं सृष्ट्वा गुणान्विभजते तदनुप्रविष्टः Bhāg.1.49.29.-विलसितम् a wayward act, rudeness, naughtiness; डिम्भस्य दुर्विलसितानि मुदे गुरूणाम् B. R.4.6.-विलासः a bad or evil turn of fate; U.1.-विवाहः a censurable marriage; इतरेषु तु शिष्टेषु नृशंसानृतवादिनः । जायन्ते दुर्विवाहेषु ब्रह्मधर्मद्विषः सुताः ॥ Ms.3.41.-विष a. ill-natured, malignant. (-षः) N. of Śiva.-विषह a. unbearable, intolerable, irresistible. (-हः) N. of Śiva.-वृत्त a.1 vile, wicked, ill-behaved.-2 roguish. (-त्तम्) misconduct, ill-behaviour. दुर्वृत्तवृत्तशमनं तव देवि शीलम् Devīmāhātmya.-वृत्तिः f.1 misconduct.-2 misery, want, distress.-3 fraud.-वृष्टिः f. insufficient rain, drought.-वेद a. difficult to be known or ascertained.-व्यवहारः a wrong judgment in law.-व्यवहृतिः f. ill-report or rumour.-व्यसनम् 1 a fond pursuit or resolve; Mu.3.-2 bad propensity, vice; तेन दुर्व्यसनेनासीद्भोजने$पि कदर्थना Ks.73.73.-व्रत a. not conforming to rules, disobedient.-हुतम् a badly offered sacrifice.-हृद् a. wicked-hearted, ill-disposed, inimical; अकुर्वतोर्वां शुश्रूषां क्लिष्टयोर्दुर्हृदा भृशम् Bhāg.1.45.9. (-m.) an enemy.-हृदय a. evil-minded, evil-intention- ed, wicked.-हृषीक a. having defective organs of sense. -
87 GÖRA
ð, also spelt görva, giörva, geyra, giora, gera: prop. gøra, not gra (the ø was sounded nearly as y or ey), so that the g is to be sounded as an aspirate, however the word is spelt; and the insertion of i or j (giöra, gjöra), which is usual in mod. writing, and often occurs in old, is phonetic, not radical, and göra and gjöra represent the same sound. The word in the oldest form had a characteristic v, and is spelt so on the Runic stones in the frequent Runic phrase, gaurva kubl, Baut., and Danske Runemind. passim; but also now and then in old Icel. MSS., e. g. the Kb. of Sæm. (cited from Bugge’s Edit.), gorva, Am. 75, Skv. 1. 34, 3. 20, Hm. 123, Og. 29; gerva, Am. 64, Bkv. 3; giorva, Rm. 9; giorfa, 28; gorvir, Hkv. Hjörv. 41; gørvom, Hým. 6; gorviz, Am. 35; gerviz, Merl. 2. 89:—this characteristic v has since been dropped, and it is usually spelt without it in MSS., gora, Hým. 1, Og. 23, Ls. 65; gera, Am. 85; gorir, Hm. 114: the pret. always drops the v, gorþi, Hym. 21; gorðo or gorþo, fecerunt, Hm. 142, Am. 9; gorðumz, Hðm. 28; gerþi, Am. 74; gerþit, 26:—with i inserted, Rm. 9, 22; giordu, 11; in the Mork. freq. giavra. The ö is still sounded in the east of Icel., whereas gera is the common form in speech, gjöra in writing:—the old pres. indic. used by the poets and in the laws is monosyllabic görr, with suffixed negative, görr-a, Hkr. i. (in a verse); mod. bisyllabic görir, which form is also the usual one in the Sagas:—the old part. pass. was görr or gerr, geyrr, Fms. ix. 498, x. 75, where the v was kept before a vowel, and is often spelt with f, gorvan, gorvir, and gorfan, gorfir: dat. so-goro or so-guru adverbially = sic facto: the mod. part. gjörðr, gerðr, görðr, as a regular part. of the 2nd weak conjugation, which form occurs in MSS. of the 15th century, e. g. Bs. i. 877, l. 21. [This is a Scandin. word; Dan. gjöre; Swed. göra; Old Engl. and Scot. gar, which is no doubt of Scandin. origin, the Saxon word being do, the Germ. thun, neither of which is used in the Scandin.; the word however is not unknown to the Teut., though used in a different sense; A. S. gervan and gearvjan = parare; O. H. G. karwan; Germ. gerben, garben, but esp. the adj. and adv. gar, vide above s. v. gör-.] To make, to do; the Icel. includes both these senses.A. To make:I. to build, work, make, etc.; göra himin ok jörð, 623. 36, Hom. 100; göra hús, to build a house, Fms. xi. 4, Rb. 384; göra kirkju, Bjarn. 39; göra skip, N. G. L. i. 198; göra langskip, Eg. 44; göra stólpa, Al. 116; göra tól (= smíða), Vsp. 7; göra (fingr)-gull, Bs. i. 877; göra haug, to build a cairn, Eg. 399; göra lokhvílu, Dropl. 27; göra dys, Ld. 152; göra kistu ( coffin), Eg. 127; göra naust, N. G. L. i. 198; göra jarðhús, Dropl. 34; göra veggi, Eg. 724: also, göra bók, to write a book, Íb. 1, Rb. 384; göra kviðling, to make a song, Nj. 50; göra bréf, to draw up a deed ( letter), Fms. ix. 22; göra nýmæli, to frame a law, Íb. 17.2. adding prep.; göra upp, to repair, rebuild, restore, Fb. ii. 370; göra upp Jórsala-borg, Ver. 43; göra upp skála, Ld. 298; göra upp leiði, to build up a grave.II. to make, prepare, get ready; göra veizlu, drykkju, brúðkaup, erfi, and poët. öl, öldr, to make a feast, brew bridal ale, Fs. 23, Fms. xi. 156, Dropl. 6, Am. 86; göra seið, blót, to perform a sacrifice, Ld. 152; göra bú, to set up a house, Grág. i. 185, Ld. 68; göra eld, to make a fire, Fs. 100, K. Þ. K. 88; göra rekkju, to make one’s bed, Eg. 236; göra upp hvílur, Sturl. ii. 124; göra graut, to make porridge, Eg. 196, N. G. L. i. 349; göra drykk, to make a drink, Fms. i. 8; göra kol, or göra til kola, to make charcoal, Ölk. 35.III. in somewhat metaph. phrases; göra ferð, to make a journey, Fms. x. 281; görði heiman för sína, he made a journey from home, Eg. 23; göra sinn veg, to make one’s way, travel, Mar.; göra uppreisn, to make an uprising, to rebel, Rb. 384, Fms. ix. 416; göra úfrið, to make war, 656 C. 15; göra sátt, göra frið, to make peace, Hom. 153, Bs. i. 24; göra féskipti, Nj. 118; göra tilskipan, to make an arrangement, Eg. 67; göra ráð sitt, to make up one’s mind, Nj. 267, Fms. ix. 21; göra hluti, to cast lots, Fms. x. 348.2. to make, give, pay, yield; göra tíund, to pay tithes, Hom. 180; hann skal göra Guði tíunda hlut verðsins, id.; göra ölmusu, to give alms, 64; göra ávöxt, to yield fruit, Greg. 48; gefa né göra ávöxt, Stj. 43; göra konungi skatt eða skyld, Fms. xi. 225.3. to contract; göra vináttu, félagskap, to contract friendship, Nj. 103, Eg. 29; göra skuld, to contract a debt, Grág. i. 126: göra ráð með e-m, to take counsel with, advise one, Eg. 12; göra ráð fyrir, to suppose, Nj. 103, Fms. ix. 10; göra mun e-s, to make a difference, i. 255, Eb. 106.4. to make, make up, Lat. efficere; sex tigir penninga göra eyri, sixty pence make an ounce, Grág. i. 500, Rb. 458.5. to grant, render; göra kost, to make a choice, to grant, Nj. 130, Dropl. 6, Fms. xi. 72, (usually ellipt., kostr being understood); vil ek at þér gerit kostinn, Nj. 3; ok megit þér fyrir því göra ( grant) honum kostinn, 49, 51; göra e-m lög, to grant the law to one, 237; göra guðsifjar, to make ‘gossip’ with one, to be one’s godfather, Fms. ii. 130.6. special usages; göra spott, háð, gabb, … at e-u, to make sport, gibes, etc. at or over a thing, Fms. x. 124; göra iðran, to do penance, Greg. 22; göra þakkir, to give thanks, Hom. 55; göra róm at máli e-s, to cheer another’s speech, shout hear, hear! var görr at máli hans mikill rómr ok góðr, his speech was much cheered, Nj. 250,—a parliamentary term; the Teutons cheered, the Romans applauded (with the hands), cp. Tacit. Germ.7. with prepp.; gera til, to make ready or dress meat; láta af ( to kill) ok göra til ( and dress), K. Þ. K. 80, Ísl. ii. 83, 331, Fs. 146, 149, Bjarn. 31, Finnb. 228; göra til nyt, to churn milk, K. Þ. K. 78; göra til sverð, to wash and clean the sword, Dropl. 19; máttu þeir eigi sjá, hversu Þorvaldr var til gerr, how Th. got a dressing, Nj. 19.β. göra at e-u, to mend, make good, put right (at-görð), ek skal at því gera, Fms. xi. 153, Eg. 566, Nj. 130: to heal, Bárð. 171, Eg. 579, Grág. i. 220; göra at hesti, K. Þ. K. 54, Nj. 74: göra við e-u, vide B. II.8. adding acc. of an adj., part., or the like; göra mun þat margan höfuðlausan, Nj. 203; göra mikit um sik, to make a great noise, great havoc, Fb. i. 545, Grett. 133, Fms. x. 329; göra e-n sáttan, to reconcile one, Grág. i. 336; göra sér e-n kæran, to make one dear to oneself, Hkr. i. 209; göra sik líkan e-m, to make oneself like to another, imitate one, Nj. 258; göra sik góðan, to make oneself good or useful, 74, 78; göra sik reiðan, to take offence, 216; göra sér dælt, to make oneself at home, take liberties, Ld. 134, Nj. 216; göra langmælt, to make a long speech, Sks. 316; göra skjót-kjörit, to make a quick choice, Fms. ii. 79; göra hólpinn, to ‘make holpen,’ to help, x. 314; göra lögtekit, to make a law, issue a law, xi. 213, Bs. i. 37; hann gerði hann hálshöggvinn, he had him beheaded, Fms. ix. 488, v. l.; ok görðu þá handtekna alla at minsta kosti, Sturl. i. 40; várir vöskustu ok beztu menn era görfir handteknir, 41.β. göra sér mikit um e-t, to make much of, admire, Eg. 5, Fms. x. 254, 364; göra e-t at ágætum, to make famous, extol a thing, vii. 147; göra at orðum, to notice as remarkable, Fas. i. 123; göra at álitum, to take into consideration, Nj. 3; göra sér úgetið at e-u, to be displeased with, Ld. 134; göra vart við sik, to make one’s presence noticed, Eg. 79; göra sér mikit, lítið fyrir, to make great, small efforts, Finnb. 234; göra sér í hug, to brood over; hann gerði sér í hug at drepa jarl, Fs. 112; göra sér í hugar lund, to fancy, think: göra af sér, to exert oneself, ef þú gerir eigi meira af þér um aðra leika, Edda 32; hvárt hann var með Eiríki jarli, eðr görði hann annat af sér, or what else he was making of himself, Fms. xi. 157.9. phrases, gera fáleika á sik, to feign, make oneself look sad, Nj. 14; esp. adding upp, gera sér upp veyki, to feign sickness, (upp-gerð, dissimulation); göra sér til, to make a fuss, (hence, til-gerð, foppishness.)B. To do:I. to do, act; allt þat er hann gerir síðan ( whatever he does), þat á eigandi at ábyrgjask, Gþl. 190; þér munut fátt mæla eðr gera, áðr yðr munu vandræði af standa, i. e. whatsoever you say or do will bring you into trouble, Nj. 91; göra e-t með harðfengi ok kappi, 98; ger svá vel, ‘do so well,’ be so kind! 111; gerit nú svá, góði herra (please, dear lord!), þiggit mitt heilræði, Fms. vii. 157: and in mod. usage, gerið þér svo vel, gerðu svo vel, = Engl. please, do! sagði, at hann hafði með trúleik gört, done faithfully, Eg. 65; göra gott, to do good; göra íllt, to do evil, (góð-görð, íll-görð); ok þat var vel gört, well done, 64; geyrða ek hotvetna íllt, I did evil in all things, Niðrst. 109; hefir hann marga hluti gört stór-vel til mín, he has done many things well towards me, I have received many great benefits at his hands, Eg. 60: with dat., svá mikit gott sem jarl hefir mér gert, Nj. 133; þér vilda ek sízt íllt göra, I would least do harm to thee, 84: göra fúlmennsku, to do a mean act, 185; göra vel við e-n, to do well to one, Fs. 22; göra stygð við e-n, to offend one, Fms. x. 98; göra sæmiliga til e-s, to do well to one, Ld. 62, Nj. 71; göra sóma e-s, to do honour to one, Fms. vii. 155; göra e-m gagn, to give help to one, Nj. 262; göra e-m sæmd, skomm, to do ( shew) honour, dishonour, to one, 5, Fms. x. 43; göra háðung, xi. 152; göra styrk, to strengthen one, ix. 343; göra e-m skapraun, to tease one; göra ósóma, Vápn. 19; göra skaða ( scathe), Eg. 426; göra óvina-fagnað, to give joy to one’s enemies, i. e. to do just what they want one to do, Nj. 112; göra til skaps e-m, to conform to one’s wishes, 80; gerum vér sem faðir vár vill, let us do as our father wishes, 198; vel má ek gera þat til skaps föður míns at brenna inni með honum, id.; göra at skapi e-s, id., 3; var þat mjök gert móti mínu skapi, Fms. viii. 300; gera til saka við e-n, to offend, sin against one, Nj. 80; gera á hluta e-s, to wrong one, Vígl. 25; göra ílla fyrir sér, to behave badly, Fms. vii. 103.II. adding prep.; göra til e-s, to deserve a thing (cp. til-görð, desert, behaviour); hvat hafðir þú til gört, what hast thou done to deserve it? Nj. 130; framarr en ek hefi til gört, more than I have deserved, Fms. viii. 300; ok hafit þér Danir heldr til annars gört, ye Danes have rather deserved the reverse, xi. 192, Hom. 159:—göra eptir, to do after, imitate, Nj. 90:—göra við e-u (cp. við-görð, amendment), to provide for, amend, ok mun úhægt vera at göra við forlögum þeirra, Ld. 190; er úhægt at göra við ( to resist) atkvæðum, Fs. 22; ok mun ekki mega við því gera, Nj. 198:—göra af við e-n (cp. af-görð, evil doing), to transgress against one, ek hefi engan hlut af gört við þik, Fms. vii. 104, viii. 241; ok iðrask nú þess er hann hefir af gert, 300; göra af við Guð, to sin against God, Hom. 44.2. special usages; göra … at, to do so and so; spurði, hvat hann vildi þá láta at gera, he asked what he would have done, Nj. 100; hann gerði þat eina at, er hann átti, he did only what be ought, 220; þeir Flosi sátu um at rengja, ok gátu ekki at gert, F. tried, and could do nothing, 115, 242; þér munut ekki fá at gert, fyrr en …, 139; Flosi ok hans menn fengu ekki at gert, 199; mikit hefir þú nú at gert, much hast thou now done ( it is a serious matter), 85; er nú ok mikit at gert um manndráp siðan, 256; hann vildi taka vöru at láni, ok göra mikit at, and do great things, Ld. 70; Svartr hafði höggit skóg ok gert mikit at, Nj. 53; slíkt gerir at er sölin etr, so it happens with those who eat seaweed, i. e. that (viz. thirst) comes of eating seaweed, Eg. 605.β. göra af e-u, to do so and so with a thing; hvat hafið ér gert af Gunnari, Njarð. 376; ráð þú draumana, vera má at vér gerim af nokkut, may be that we may make something out of it, Ld. 126; gör af drauminum slíkt er þér þykkir líkligast, do with the dream ( read it) as seems to thee likeliest, Ísl. ii. 196: göra við e-n, to do with one; þá var um rætt, hvað við þá skyldi göra, what was to be done with them? Eg. 232; ærnar eru sakir til við Egil, hvat sem eg læt göra við hann, 426; eigi veit ek hvat þeir hafa síðan við gört, 574: göra fyrir e-t, to provide; Jón var vel fjáreigandi, ok at öllu vel fyrir gört, a wealthy and well-to-do man, Sturl. iii. 195; þótt Björn sé vel vígr maðr, þá er þar fyrir gört, því at …, but that is made up, because …: fyrir göra (q. v.), to forfeit.C. METAPH. AND SPECIAL USAGES:I. to do, help, avail; nú skulum vér ganga allir á vald jarlsins, því at oss gerir eigi annat, nothing else will do for us, Nj. 267; þat mun ekki gera, that wont do, 84; en ek kann ekki ráð til at leggja ef þetta gerir ekki, Fms. ii. 326; konungr vill þat eigi, þvi at mér gerir þat eigi ( it will not do for me) at þér gangit hér upp, x. 357; þat gerir mér ekki, at þér gangit á Orminn, … en hitt má vera at mér komi at gagni, ii. 227; þóttisk þá vita, at honum mundi ekki gera ( it would do nothing) at biðja fyrir honum, Fb. i. 565; engum gerði við hann at keppa, 571; ekki gerði þeim um at brjótask, Bárð. 10 new Ed.; sagða ek yðr eigi, at ekki mundi gera at leita hans, Sks. 625; hvat gerir mér nú at spyrja, Stj. 518; ekki gerir at dylja, no use hiding it, Fbr. 101 new Ed.; ætla þat at fáir þori, enda geri engum, Band. 7; bæði var leitað til annarra ok heima, ok gerði ekki, but did no good, 4; hét hann þeim afarkostum, ok gerði þat ekki, but it did no good, Fms. ii. 143.II. to send, despatch, cp. the Engl. to ‘do’ a message; hann gerði þegar menn frá sér, Eg. 270; hann hafði gört menn sex á skóginn fyrir þá, 568; þá gerði Karl lið móti þeim, Fms. i. 108; jarl gerði Eirík at leita Ribbunga, ix. 314; hann gerði fram fyrir sik Álf á njósn, 488; hann gerði menn fyrir sér at segja konunginum kvámu sína, x. 10; hleypi-skúta var gör norðr til Þrándheims, vii. 206; jafnan gerði jarl til Ribbunga ok drap menn af þeim, ix. 312; vilja Ósvífrs-synir þegar gera til þeirra Kotkels, despatch them to slay K., Ld. 144; skulu vér nú göra í mót honum, ok láta hann engri njósn koma, 242:—göra eptir e-m, to send after one, Nero bað göra eptir postulunum ok leiða þangat, 656 C. 26; nú verðr eigi eptir gört at miðjum vetri, Grág. i. 421; frændr Bjarnar létu göra eptir (Germ. abholen) líki hans, Bjarn. 69; síðan gerðu þeir til klaustrs þess er jómfrúin var í, Fms. x. 102:—gera e-m orð, njósn, to do a message to one; hann gerði orð jörlum sínum, Eg. 270; ætluðu þeir at göra Önundi njósn um ferðir Egils, 386, 582; vóru þangat orð gör, word was sent thither, Hkr. ii. 228.III. with infin. as an auxiliary verb, only in poetry and old prose (laws); ef hón gerði koma, if she did come, Völ. 5; gerðit vatn vægja, Am. 25; gramr gørr-at sér hlífa, he does not spare himself, Hkr. i. (in a verse); gerðut vægjask, id., Fs. (in a verse); hann gerðisk at höggva, Jb. 41; görðir at segja, Bkv. 15; görðisk at deyja, Gkv. 1. 1: in prose, eigi gerir hugr minn hlægja við honum, Fas. i. 122; góðir menn göra skýra sitt mál með sannsögli, 677. 12; Aristodemus görði eigi enn at trúa, Post.: esp. in the laws, ef þeir göra eigi ganga í rúm sín, Grág. i. 8; ef goðinn gerr eigi segja, 32; ef hann gerr eigi í ganga, 33; ef þeir göra eigi hluta meðr sér, 63; ef dómendr göra eigi dæma, 67; ef dómendr göra eigi við at taka, id.; ef goðinn gerr eigi ( does not) nefna féráns-dóm, 94; nú göra þeir menn eigi úmaga færa, 86; ef þeir göra eigi nefna kvöðina af búanum, Kb. ii. 163; ef þeir göra eigi segja, hvárt …, Sb. ii. 52; nú gerr sá eigi til fara, Kb. ii. 96; göra eigi koma, 150; ef hann gerr eigi kjósa, § 113.IV. a law term, göra um, or gera only, to judge or arbitrate in a case; fékksk þat af, at tólf menn skyldu göra um málit, Nj. 111; villt þú göra um málit, 21; bjóða mun ek at göra um, ok lúka upp þegar görðinni, 77; mun sá mála-hluti várr beztr, at góðir menn geri um, 88; málin vóru lagið í gerð, skyldu gera um tólf menn, var þá gert um málin á þingi, var þat gert, at … (follows the verdict), 88; vil ek at þú sættisk skjótt ok látir góða menn gera um …, at hann geri um ok enir beztu menn af hvárra liði lögliga til nefndir, 188; Njáll kvaðsk eigi gera mundu nema á þingi, 105; þeir kváðusk þat halda mundu, er hann gerði, id.; skaltú gera sjálfr, 58; fyrr en gert var áðr um hitt málit, 120; ek vil bjóðask til at göra milli ykkar Þórðar um mál yðar, Bjarn. 55; Þorsteinn kvað þat þó mundi mál manna, at þeir hefði góða nefnd um sættir þótt hann görði, 56; nú er þegar slegit í sætt málinu með því móti, at Áskell skal göra um þeirra í milli, Rd. 248; er nú leitað um sættir milli þeirra, ok kom svá at þeir skulu göra um málin Þorgeirr goði frá Ljósa-vatni ok Arnórr ór Reykjahlíð, sú var görð þeirra at …, 288; svá kemr at Ljótr vill at Skapti görði af hans hendi, en Guðmundr vill sjálfr göra fyrir sína hönd, skyldi Skapti gerð upp segja, Valla L. 225; eigi hæfir þat, leitum heldr um sættir ok geri Þorgeirr um mál þessi, Lv. 12; var jafnt gört sár Þórðar ok sár Þórodds, Eb. 246; þær urðu mála-lyktir at Þórðr skyldi göra um …, 24; ok vóru þá görvar miklar fésektir, 128; var leitað um sættir, ok varð þat at sætt, at þeir Snorri ok Steindórr skyldi göra um, 212; þit erut gerfir héraðs-sekir sem íllræðis-menn, Fs. 58: göra görð, Sturl. i. 63, 105: adding the fine, to fix the amount, þat er gerð mín, at ek geri verð húss ok matar, I fix the amount of the value of the house and (stolen) stores, Nj. 80; gerði Njáll hundrað silfrs, N. put it at a hundred silver pieces, 58; margir mæltu, at mikit vaeri gert, that the amount was high, id.; slíkt fégjald sem gert var, 120; vilit ér nokkut héraðs-sektir göra eða utanferðir, 189; hann dæmdi þegar, ok görði hundrað silfrs, 6l; síðan bauð Bjarni Þorkatli sætt ok sjálfdæmi, görði Bjarni hundrað silfrs, Vápn. 31; ek göri á hönd Þóri hundrað silfrs, Lv. 55; ek göri á hönd þér hundrað silfrs, id.; vilit þér, at ek göra millum ykkar? síðan görði konungr konuna til handa Þórði ok öll fé hennar, Bjarn. 17; Rafn kvað hann mikit fé annat af sér hafa gört, at eigi þætti honum þat betra, Fs. 30; Gellir görði átta hundrað silfrs, Lv. 97; fyrir þat gerði Börkr hinn digri af honum eyjarnar, B. took the isles from him as a fine, Landn. 123: adding the case as object, Gunnarr gerði gerðina, G. gave judgment in the case, Nj. 80; fyrr en gert var áðr um hitt málit, till the other case was decided, 120; þá sætt er hann görði Haraldi jarli, that settlement which he made for earl Harold, Fms. viii. 300: Flosi var görr utan ok allir brennu-menn, F. was put out ( banished) and all the burners, Nj. 251: metaph., nema þau vili annat mál á gera, unless they choose to settle it otherwise, Grág. i. 336.2. in the phrase, göra sekð, to make a case of outlawry, Grág. i. 118; eigi um görir sekð manns ella, else the outlawry takes no effect; en hann um görir eigi ella sekðina, else he cannot condemn him, 119.3. to perform; eptir-gerðar þeirrar sem hverr nennti framast at gera eptir sinn náung, Fms. viii. 103; en þat grunaði konung, at hann mundi ætla at göra eptir sumar sættir, i. e. that he had some back door to escape by, Orkn. 58 (cp. Ó. H.); allt þat er þér gerit nú fyrir þeirra sálum, id.V. special usages, to make allowance for; gera fóðr til fjár, to make an arbitrary allowance for, Ísl. ii. 138; hence, to suppose, en ef ek skal göra til fyrir fram ( suggest) hvat er hón (the code) segir mér, þá segi ek svá, at …, Fms. ix. 331; gera sér í hug, Fs. 112; göra sér í hugar-lund, to fancy; göra e-m getsakir, to impute to one; gera orð á e-u, to report a thing; þat er ekki orð á því geranda, ‘tis not worth talking about; eigi þarf orð at göra hjá því (‘tis not to be denied), sjálfan stólkonunginn blindaði hann, Mork. 14 (cp. Fms. vi. 168, l. c.); gera sér létt, to take a thing lightly, Am. 70; göra sér far um, to take pains; göra sér í hug, hugar-lund, to suppose.D. IMPERS. it makes one so and so, one becomes; hann görði fölvan í andliti, he turned pale, Glúm. 342; leysti ísinn ok görði varmt vatnið, the water became warm, 623. 34; veðr görði hvast, a gale arose, Eg. 128; hríð mikla gerði at þeim, they were overtaken by a storm, 267; þá gerði ok á hríð (acc.) veðrs, 281; féll veðrit ok gerði logn (acc.), and became calm, 372; görði þá stórt á firðinum, the sea rose high, 600; til þess er veðr lægði ok ljóst gerði, and till it cleared up, 129; um nóttina gerði á æði-veðr ok útsynning, 195; görir á fyrir þeim hafvillur, they lost their course (of sailors), Finnb. 242; mér gerir svefnhöfugt, I grow sleepy, Nj. 264; þá görði vetr mikinn þar eptir hinn næsta, Rd. 248.E. REFLEX, to become, grow, arise, and the like; þá görðisk hlátr, then arose laughter, Nj. 15; görðisk bardagi, it came to a fight, 62, 108; sá atburðr görðisk, it came to pass, Fms. x. 279; þau tíðendi er þar höfðu görzt, Ld. 152; gerðisk með þeim félagskapr, they entered into fellowship, Eg. 29; gerðisk svá fallit kaup, Dipl. ii. 10; Sigurðr konungr gerðisk ( grew up to be) ofstopa-maðr …, görðisk mikill maðr ok sterkr, Fms. vii. 238; hann görðisk brátt ríkr maðr ok stjórnsamr, xi. 223; Unnr görðisk þá mjök elli-móð, U. became worn with age, Ld. 12; sár þat er at ben görðisk, a law term, a wound which amounted to a bleeding wound, Nj. passim:—to be made, to become, görask konungr, to become king, Eg. 12; ok görðisk skáld hans, and became his skáld, 13; görðisk konungs hirðmaðr, 27; görask hans eigin-kona, to become his wedded wife, Fms. i. 3; at hann skyldi görask hálf-konungr yfir Dana-veldi, 83; vill Hrútr görask mágr þinn, Nj. 3; hann gerðisk síðan óvarari, he became less cautious, Fms. x. 414.2. with the prep. svá, to happen, come to pass so and so; svá görðisk, at …, it so happened, that …, Nj. 167; görðisk svá til, at …, Fms. x. 391; þá görðisk svá til um síðir, at…, at last it came to pass. that …, 392; enda vissi hann eigi, at þingför mundi af görask, in case he knew not that it would entail a journey to parliament, Grág. i. 46: with at added, to increase, þá görðisk þat mjök at um jarl ( it grew even worse with the earl) at hann var úsiðugr um kvenna-far, görðisk þat svá mikit, at …, it grew to such a pitch, that …, Hkr. i. 245; hence the mod. phrase, e-ð á-görist, it increases, gains, advances, esp. of illness, bad habits, and the like, never in a good sense.3. impers. with dat., honum gerðisk ekki mjök vært, he felt restless, Ld. 152; næsta gerisk mér kynlegt, I feel uneasy, Finnb. 236.4. to behave, bear oneself; Páll görðisk hraustliga í nafni Jesu, Post. 656 C. 13.5. to set about doing, be about; fám vetrum síðan görðisk hann vestr til Íslands, Fms. x. 415; maðr kom at honum ok spurði, hvat hann gerðisk, what he was about, Ó. H. 244; görðisk jarl til Ribbunga, Fms. ix. 312, v. l.; tveir menn görðusk ferðar sinnar, two men set out for a journey, x. 279; görðusk menn ok eigi til þess at sitja yfir hlut hans, Eg. 512; at þessir menn hafa görzk til svá mikils stórræðis, Fms. xi. 261; eigi treystusk menn at görask til við hann, Bárð. 160.6. (mod.) to be; in such phrases as, eins og menn nú gerast, such as people now are; eins og flestir menn gerast.F. PART. PASS. görr, geyrr (Fms. ix. 498, x. 75), gjörr, gerr, as adj., compar. görvari, superl. görvastr; [A. S. gearu; gare, Chaucer, Percy’s Ballads; O. H. G. garwe; Germ. gar]:—skilled, accomplished; vaskligr, at sér görr, Ld. 134; vel at sér görr, Ísl. ii. 326, Gísl. 14; gerr at sér um allt, Nj. 51; hraustir ok vel at sér görvir, Eg. 86; at engi maðr hafi gervari at sér verit en Sigurðr, Mork. 221; allra manna snjallastr í máli ok görvastr at sér, Hkr. iii. 360: the phrase, leggja görva hönd á e-t, to set a skilled hand to work, to be an adept, a master in a thing; svá hagr, at hann lagði allt á görva hönd, Fas. i. 391, (á allt görva hönd, iii. 195.)2. ready made, at hand; in the saying, gott er til geyrs (i. e. görs, not geirs) at taka, ‘tis good to have a thing at hand, Hkm. 17; ganga til görs, to have it ready made for one, Ld. 96; gör gjöld, prompt punishment, Lex. Poët.:—with infin., gerr at bjóða, ready to offer, Gh. 17; gervir at eiskra, in wild spirits, Hom. 11; görvar at ríða, Vsp. 24: with gen. of the thing, gerr ílls hugar, prone to evil, Hým. 9; gerr galdrs, prone to sorcery, Þd. 3; skulut þess görvir, be ready for that! Am. 55.II. [cp. görvi, Engl. gear], done, dressed; svá görvir, so ‘geared,’ so trussed, Am. 40.III. adverb. phrases, so-gurt, at soguru, so done; verða menn þat þó so-gurt at hafa, i. e. there is no redress to be had, Hrafn. 9; hafi hann so-gurt, N. G. L. i. 35, Nj. 141; kvað eigi so-gort duga, 123, v. l.; at (með) so-guru, this done, quo facto, Skv. 1. 24, 40; freq. with a notion of being left undone, re infecta. Germ. unverrichteter sache, Eg. 155, Glúm. 332, Ó. H. 202; enda siti um so-gort, and now let it stand, Skálda 166; við so-gurt, id., 655 vii. 4; á so-gurt ofan, into the bargain, Bs. i. 178, Ölk. 36, Fas. i. 85. -
88 facio
făcĭo, feci, factum, 3, v. a. and n.; in pass.: fio, factus, fieri ( imper. usually fac, but the arch form face is freq., esp. in Plaut. and Ter., as Plaut. As. prol. 4; 1, 1, 77; id. Aul. 2, 1, 30; id. Cist. 2, 1, 28; id. Ep. 1, 1, 37; 2, 2, 117; id. Most. 3, 2, 167 et saep.; Ter. And. 4, 1, 57; 4, 2, 29; 5, 1, 2; 14; id. Eun. 1, 2, 10 al.; Cato, R. R. 23, 1; 26; 32 al.; Cat. 63, 78; 79; 82; Ov. Med. fac. 60; Val. Fl. 7, 179 al.; futur. facie for faciam, Cato ap. Quint. 1, 7, 23; cf. dico, init., and the letter e:I.faxo,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 199; 2, 1, 42; 3, 3, 17; 3, 4, 14; 5, 1, 55 et saep.; Ter. And. 5, 2, 13; id. Eun. 2, 2, 54; 4, 3, 21 al.; Verg. A. 9, 154; 12, 316; Ov. M. 3, 271; 12, 594: faxim, Enn. ap. Non. 507, 23; Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 13; id. Aul. 3, 2, 6; 3, 5, 20 al.; Ter. And. 4, 4, 14; id. Heaut. 1, 2, 13:faxis,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 38; Sil. 15, 362: faxit, Lex Numae in Paul. ex Fest. s. v. ALIVTA, p. 6 Mull.; Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 20, 1, 12; Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 90; 3, 5, 54; id. Cas. 3, 5, 6 al.; Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 24; id. Phorm. 3, 3, 21:faximus,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 1, 40: faxitis, an old form in Liv. 23, 11, 2; 25, 12, 10; 29, 27, 3:faxint,
Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 85; id. Aul. 2, 1, 27; 2, 2, 79 al.; Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 109; id. Hec. 1, 2, 27; 3, 2, 19; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 35, § 81; id. Fam. 14, 3, 3.—In pass. imper.:fi,
Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 87; Hor. S. 2, 5, 38; Pers. 1, 1, 39:fite,
Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 89 al. — Indic.: facitur, Nigid. ap. Non. 507, 15: fitur, Cato ap. Prisc. p. 789:fiebantur,
id. ib.: fitum est, Liv. Andron. ap. Non. 475, 16.— Subj.: faciatur, Titin. ib.— Inf.: fiere, Enn. ap. Charis. p. 75 P.; Ann. v. 15, ed. Vahl.; Laev. ap. Gell. 19, 7, 10.—On the long i of fit, v. Ritschl, prol. p. 184, and cf. Plaut. Capt. prol. 25: ut fit in bello) [prob. root bha-; Sanscr. bhasas, light; Gr. pha-, in phainô, phêmi; cf. fax, facetiae, facilis, Corss. Ausspr. 1, 423.—But Curt. refers facio to root the- (strengthened THEK), Griech. Etym. p. 64], to make in all senses, to do, perform, accomplish, prepare, produce, bring to pass, cause, effect, create, commit, perpetrate, form, fashion, etc. (cf. in gen.:ago, factito, reddo, operor, tracto): verbum facere omnem omnino faciendi causam complectitur, donandi, solvendi, judicandi, ambulandi, numerandi,
Dig. 50, 16, 218.Act.A.In gen.(α).With acc.: ut faber, cum quid aedificaturus est, non ipse facit materiam, sed ea utitur, quae sit parata, etc.... Quod si non est a deo materia facta, ne terra quidem et aqua et aer et ignis a deo factus est, Cic. N. D. Fragm. ap. Lact. 2, 8 (Cic. ed. Bait. 7, p. 121):(β).sphaera ab Archimede facta,
Cic. Rep. 1, 14:fecitque idem et sepsit de manubiis comitium et curiam,
id. ib. 2, 17:aedem,
id. ib. 2, 20:pontem in Arari faciundum curat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 13, 1:castra,
id. ib. 1, 48, 2; Cic. Fam. 15, 4, 4:faber vasculum fecit,
Quint. 7, 10, 9:classem,
Caes. B. G. 4, 21, 4:cenas et facere et obire,
Cic. Att. 9, 13, 6:ignem lignis viridibus,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 17, § 45:poema,
to compose, id. Pis. 29, 70:carmina,
Juv. 7, 28:versus,
id. 7, 38:sermonem,
Cic. Fam. 9, 8, 1; cf.litteram,
id. Ac. 2, 2, 6: ludos, to celebrate, exhibit = edere, id. Rep. 2, 20; id. Att. 15, 10;also i. q. ludificari,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 47:sementes,
i. e. to sow, Caes. B. G. 1, 3, 1:messem,
Col. 2, 10, 28:pecuniam,
to make, acquire, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 6, § 17:manum (with parare copias),
to collect, prepare, id. Caecin. 12, 33; so,cohortes,
Caes. B. C. 3, 87, 4:exercitum,
Vell. 2, 109, 2; and:auxilia mercede,
Tac. A. 6, 33:iter,
Cic. Att. 3, 1; id. Planc. 26, 65; id. Div. 1, 33, 73 et saep.; cf.also the phrases: aditum sibi ad aures,
Quint. 4, 1, 46:admirationem alicujus rei alicui,
to excite, Liv. 25, 11, 18; Sen. Ep. 115:aes alienum,
Cic. Att. 13, 46, 4; Liv. 2, 23, 5; Sen. Ep. 119, 1:alienationem disjunctionemque,
Cic. Lael. 21, 76:animum alicui,
Liv. 25, 11, 10:arbitrium de aliquo,
to decide, Hor. C. 4, 7, 21;opp. arbitrium alicui in aliqua re,
i. e. to leave the decision to one, Liv. 43, 15, 5:audaciam hosti,
id. 29, 34, 10:audientiam orationi,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 13, 42:auspicium alicui,
Liv. 1, 34, 9; Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 86:auctoritatem,
Cic. de Imp. Pomp. 15, 43:bellum,
Cic. Off. 1, 11, 35; Caes. B. G. 3, 29, 2:multa bona alicui,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 46:castra,
to pitch, Tac. H. 5, 1:caulem,
to form, Col. Arb. 54:clamores,
to make, raise, Cic. Brut. 95, 326:cognomen alicui,
to give, Liv. 1, 3, 9:commercium sermonis,
id. 5, 15, 5:concitationes,
Caes. B. C. 3, 106 fin.:conjurationes,
to form, id. B. G. 4, 30 fin.:consuetudinem alicui cum altero,
Cic. Fam. 13, 23, 1:consilia alicui,
Liv. 35, 42, 8:contentionem cum aliquo,
Cic. Off. 1, 38, 137:controversiam,
to occasion, id. Or. 34, 121:convicium magnum alicui,
id. Fam. 10, 16, 1:copiam pugnandi militibus,
Liv. 7, 13, 10:corpus,
to grow fat, corpulent, Cels. 7, 3 fin.; Phaedr. 3, 7, 5:curam,
Tac. A. 3, 52:damnum,
to suffer, Cic. Brut. 33, 125:detrimentum,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 9, § 20:desiderium alicujus, rei alicui,
Liv. 3, 34, 7; 7, 24, 10:dicta,
Ov. F. 2, 375; 3, 515:difficultatem,
Quint. 10, 3, 10 and 16:discordiam,
to cause, Tac. H. 3, 48:discrimen,
Quint. 7, 2, 14; 11, 1, 43:disjunctionem (with alienationem),
Cic. Lael. 21, 76:dolorem alicui,
id. Att. 11, 8, 2:dulcedinem,
Sen. Ep. 111:eloquentiam alicui (ira),
Quint. 6, 2, 26:epigramma,
to write, Cic. Arch. 10, 25:errorem,
Sen. Ep. 67:eruptiones ex oppido,
Caes. B. C. 2, 2, 5:exemplum,
Quint. 5, 2, 2: exempla = edere or statuere, Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 66. exercitum, to raise, muster, Tac. A. 6, 33:exspectationem,
Quint. 9, 2, 23:facinus,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 9, 1; Cic. Fin. 2, 29, 95; Tac. A. 12, 31:facultatem recte judicandi alicui,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 73, § 179:fallaciam,
Ter. And. 1, 8, 7:famam ingenii,
Quint. 11, 2, 46:fastidium,
Liv. 3, 1, 7:favorem alicui,
id. 42, 14, 10; Quint. 4, 1, 33:fidem alicui,
Cic. Cat. 3, 2, 4; id. Att. 7, 8, 1; Quint. 6, 2, 18:finem,
Cic. Att. 16, 16, 16; id. Rep. 2, 44:formidinem,
to excite, Tac. H. 3, 10:fortunam magnam (with parare),
Liv. 24, 22, 9:fraudem,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 2, 9; Cic. Att. 4, 12:fugam fecerunt, stronger than fugerunt,
Liv. 8, 9, 12 Weissenb.; Sall. J. 53, 3;but: cum fugam in regia fecisset (sc. ceterorum),
Liv. 1, 56, 4; so,fugam facere = fugare,
id. 21, 5, 16; 21, 52, 10:fugam hostium facere,
id. 22, 24, 8; 26, 4, 8 al.:gestum vultu,
Quint. 11, 3, 71:gradum,
Cic. de Or. 2, 61, 249; id. Verr. 2, 2, 1, § 3; Quint. 3, 6, 8:gratiam alicujus rei,
Liv. 3, 56, 4; 8, 34, 3:gratulationem alicui,
Cic. Fam. 11, 18, 3; Sen. Ep. 6:gratum alicui,
Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 56; Cic. Rep. 1, 21; cf.:gratissimum alicui,
id. Fam. 7, 21 fin.:histrioniam,
Plaut. Am. prol. 152:homicidium,
to commit, Quint. 5, 9, 9:hospitium cum aliquo,
Cic. Balb. 18, 42:imperata,
Caes. B. G. 2, 3, 3:impetum in hostem,
Cic. Fin. 1, 10, 34; Liv. 25, 11, 2:incursionem,
Liv. 3, 38, 3:indicium,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 57, § 150:inducias,
id. Phil. 8, 7, 20:initium,
to begin, id. Agr. 2, 29, 79; cf.:initia ab aliquo,
id. Rep. 1, 19:injuriam,
id. ib. 3, 14 (opp. accipere); Caes. B. G. 1, 36, 4; Quint. 3, 6, 49; 10, 1, 115:insidias alicui,
Cic. Mil. 9, 23:iram,
Quint. 6, 1, 14:jacturam,
Cic. Off. 3, 23, 89; id. Fin. 2, 24, 79; Caes. B. G. 7, 77, 7:judicium,
Cic. Att. 7, 23, 2:judicatum,
to execute, id. Fl. 20, 48:jus alicui,
Liv. 32, 13, 6:jussa,
Ov. F. 1, 379:laetitiam,
Cic. Fin. 1, 7, 25:largitiones,
id. Tusc. 3, 20, 48:locum poetarum mendacio,
Curt. 3, 1, 4:locum alicui rei,
Cels. 2, 14 fin.; 7, 4, 3; Curt. 4, 11, 8; Sen. Ep. 91, 13 et saep.:longius,
Cic. Leg. 1, 7, 22 al.:valde magnum,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 2, § 7:medicinam alicui,
to administer, id. Fam. 14, 7:memoriam,
Quint. 11, 2, 4:mentionem,
Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 11, 2:metum,
to excite, Tac. A. 6, 36:turbida lux metum insidiarum faciebat,
suggested, Liv. 10, 33, 5:metum alicui,
id. 9, 41, 11:missum aliquem,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 58, § 134:modum irae,
Liv. 4, 50, 4:moram,
Cic. Att. 16, 2, 1; Plaut. Most. 1, 1, 72:morem alicujus rei sibi,
Liv. 35, 35, 13:motus,
id. 28, 46, 8: multam alicui, Cato ap. Gell. 11, 1, 6:munditias,
id. R. R. 2, 4:mutationem,
Cic. Sest. 12, 27; id. Off. 1, 33, 120:multa alicui,
id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 5, § 16:naufragium,
to suffer, id. Fam. 16, 9, 1:negotium alicui,
to give to do, make trouble for, Quint. 5, 12, 13; Just. 21, 4, 4:nomen alicui,
Liv. 8, 15, 8; cf.nomina,
to incur debts, Cic. Off. 3, 14, 59:odium vitae,
Plin. 20, 18, 76, § 199:officium suum,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 5, 12:omnia amici causa,
Cic. Lael. 10, 35; id. Fam. 5, 11, 2:opinionem alicui,
id. Div. in Caecil. 14, 45:orationem,
id. de Or. 1, 14, 63; id. Brut. 8, 30; id. Or. 51, 172:otia alicui,
to grant, Verg. E. 1, 6:pacem,
to conclude, Cic. Off. 3, 30, 109:pecuniam ex aliqua re,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 6, § 17:periculum,
Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 23; id. Heaut. 2, 1, 9; Tac. A. 13, 33; 16, 19; Sall. C. 33, 1: perniciem alicui, to cause, = parare, Tac. H. 2, 70:planum,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 19, 54:potestatem,
id. Cat. 3, 5, 11; id. Rep. 2, 28:praedam,
Caes. B. G. 4, 34, 5; Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 60, § 156; Plaut. Poen. 3, 6, 8:praedas ab aliquo,
Nep. Chabr. 2, 2:proelium,
to join, Caes. B. G. 1, 13; Cic. Deiot. 5, 13; Liv. 25, 1, 5; Tac. H. 4, 79; id. A. 12, 40:promissum,
Cic. Off. 3, 25, 95:pudorem,
Liv. 3, 31, 3:ratum,
id. 28, 39, 16:rem,
Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 12:reum,
to accuse, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 38: risum, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 9, 1; Quint. 6, 1, 40; 48:scelus,
to commit, Tac. H. 1, 40:securitatem alicui,
Liv. 36, 41, 1:sermonem,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 26, § 66:significationem ignibus,
Caes. B. G. 2, 33, 3:silentium,
Liv. 24, 7, 12:somnum,
to induce, Juv. 3, 282:spem,
Cic. Att. 3, 16; Liv. 30, 3, 7:spiritus,
id. 30, 11, 3:stercus,
Col. 2, 15:stipendia,
Sall. J. 63, 3; Liv. 3, 27, 1; 5, 7, 5:stomachum alicui,
Cic. Att. 5, 11, 2; id. Fam. 1, 9, 10:suavium alicui,
Plaut. As. 4, 1, 53:suspicionem,
Cic. Fl. 33, 83:taedium alicujus rei,
Liv. 4, 57, 11:terrorem iis,
to inflict, id. 10, 25, 8:timorem,
to excite, id. 6, 28, 8:mihi timorem,
Cic. Fam. 10, 18, 2:totum,
Dig. 28, 5, 35:transitum alicui,
Liv. 26, 25, 3:turbam,
Ter. Eun. 4, 1, 2:urinam,
Col. 6, 19:usum,
Quint. 10, 3, 28:vadimonium,
Cic. Quint. 18, 57:verbum, verba,
to speak, talk, id. Verr. 2, 4, 65, § 147:verbum,
to invent, id. Fin. 3, 15, 51:versus,
id. Q. Fr. 3, 5:vestigium,
id. Rab. Post. 17, 47: viam [p. 717] sibi, Liv. 3, 5, 6:vim alicui or in aliquem,
id. 38, 24, 4; 3, 5, 5:vires,
to get, acquire, Quint. 10, 3, 3:vitium,
Cic. Top. 3, 15 al. —With ut, ne, quin, or the simple subj.:(γ).faciam, ut ejus diei locique meique semper meminerit,
Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 20:facere ut remigret domum,
id. Pers. 4, 6, 3; id. Capt. 3, 4, 78; 4, 2, 77:ea, quantum potui, feci, ut essent nota nostris,
Cic. Ac. 1, 2, 8:facito, ut sciam,
id. Att. 2, 4, 4:non potuisti ullo modo facere, ut mihi illam epistolam non mitteres,
id. ib. 11, 21, 1:si facis ut patriae sit idoneus,
Juv. 14, 71:ut nihil ad te dem litterarum facere non possum,
Cic. Ac. 8, 14, 1; for which, with quin:facere non possum, quin ad te mittam,
I cannot forbear sending, id. ib. 12, 27, 2:fecisti, ut ne cui maeror tuus calamitatem afferret,
id. Clu. 60, 168:fac, ne quid aliud cures,
id. Fam. 16, 11, 1:domi assitis, facite,
Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 53:fac fidele sis fidelis,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 79:fac cupidus mei videndi sis,
Cic. Fam. 5, 21, 5:fac cogites,
id. ib. 11, 3, 4.—In pass.:fieri potest, ut recte quis sentiat, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 3, 6: potest fieri, ut iratus dixerit, etc., Crass. ap. Cic. de Or. 2, 70, 285:nec fieri possit, ut non statim alienatio facienda sit,
id. Lael. 21, 76; so with ut non, id. Verr. 2, 2, 77, § 190 (Zumpt, Gram. § 539).—With inf. = efficere, curare, to cause (rare):(δ).nulla res magis talis oratores videri facit,
Cic. Brut. 38, 142; Pall. 6, 12:aspectus arborum macrescere facit volucres inclusas,
Varr. R. R. 3, 5, 3; Sall. Fragm. ap. Sen. Ep. 114:qui nati coram me cernere letum Fecisti,
Verg. A. 2, 539; Ov. H. 17, 174:mel ter infervere facito,
Col. 12, 38, 5 (perh. also in Ov. H. 6, 100, instead of favet, v. Loers. ad h. l.; cf. infra, B. 4.).—Absol.:B.ego plus, quam feci, facere non possum,
Cic. Fam. 11, 14, 3:faciam, ut potero, Laeli,
id. de Sen. 3, 7; cf. id. Rep. 1, 24:noli putare, pigritia me facere, quod non mea manu scribam,
id. Att. 16, 15, 1; so,facere = hoc or id facere,
Lucr. 4, 1112 (cf. Munro ad loc.); 1153: vereor ne a te rursus dissentiam. M. Non facies, Quinte, Cic. Leg. 3, 15, 33;so after scribam,
id. Att. 16, 16, 15:nominaverunt,
id. Rep. 2, 28, 50;after disserere: tu mihi videris utrumque facturus,
id. ib. 2, 11, 22;after fingere: ut facit apud Platonem Socrates,
id. ib.:necesse erit uti epilogis, ut in Verrem Cicero fecit,
Quint. 6, 1, 54:qui dicere ac facere doceat,
id. 2, 3, 11:faciant equites,
Juv. 7, 14; Liv. 42, 37, 6:petis ut libellos meos recognoscendos curem. Faciam,
Plin. Ep. 4, 26, 1; 5, 1, 4 et saep. (cf. the use of facio, as neutr., to resume or recall the meaning of another verb, v. II. E. infra; between that use and this no line can be drawn).In partic.1.With a double object, to make a thing into something, to render it something:2.senatum bene firmum firmiorem vestra auctoritate fecistis,
Cic. Phil. 6, 7, 18:te disertum,
id. ib. 2, 39 fin.:iratum adversario judicem,
id. de Or. 1, 51, 220:heredem filiam,
to appoint, constitute, id. Verr. 2, 1, 43, § 111:aliquem regem,
Just. 9, 6:aliquem ludos,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 75:aliquem absentem rei capitalis reum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 38, § 93:animum dubium,
id. de Imp. Pomp. 10, 27:injurias irritas,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 26, § 63:vectigalia sibi deteriora,
Caes. B. G. 1, 36, 4:hi consules facti sunt,
Cic. de Sen. 5, 14:disciplina doctior facta civitas,
id. Rep. 2, 19:di ex hominibus facti,
id. ib. 2, 10; cf.:tua virtute nobis Romanos ex amicis amicissimos fecisti,
Sall. J. 10, 2.—In pass.:quo tibi sumere depositum clavum fierique tribuno?
to become a tribune, Hor. S. 1, 6, 25.—to value, esteem, regard a person or thing in any manner (like the Engl. make, in the phrase to make much of).—Esp. with gen. pretii:3.in quo perspicere posses, quanti te, quanti Pompeium, quem unum ex omnibus facio, ut debeo, plurimi, quanti Brutum facerem,
Cic. Fam. 3, 10, 2:te quotidie pluris feci,
id. ib. 3, 4, 2:voluptatem virtus minimi facit,
id. Fin. 2, 13, 42:dolorem nihili facere,
to care nothing for, to despise, id. ib. 27, 88:nihili facio scire,
Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 42:negat se magni facere, utrum, etc.,
Quint. 11, 1, 38:parum id facio,
Sall. J. 85, 31: si illi aliter nos faciant quam aequum sit. Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 43.—With gen., to make a thing the property of a person, subject it to him: omnia, quae mulieris fuerunt, viri fiunt, Cic. Top. 4, 23.—Esp.: facere aliquid dicionis alicujus, to reduce to subjection under a person or power:4.omnem oram Romanae dicionis fecit,
Liv. 21, 60, 3:dicionis alienae facti,
id. 1, 25, 13; 5, 27, 14; cf.: ut munus imperii beneficii sui faceret, to make it ( seem) his own bounty, Just. 13, 4, 9:ne delecto imperatore alio sui muneris rempublicam faceret,
Tac. A. 15, 52.—To represent a thing in any manner, to feign, assert, say. —Constr. with acc. and adj. or part., or with acc. and inf.(α).Acc. and part.:(β).in eo libro, ubi se exeuntem e senatu et cum Pansa colloquentem facit,
id. Brut. 60, 218:Xenophon facit... Socratem disputantem,
id. N. D. 1, 12, 31; cf.:ejus (Socratis) oratio, qua facit eum Plato usum apud judices,
id. Tusc. 1, 40 fin. al.—Acc. and inf.:(γ).qui nuper fecit servo currenti in via decesse populum,
Ter. Heaut. prol. 31:fecerat et fetam procubuisse lupam,
Verg. A. 8, 630; cf. Ov. M. 6, 109, v. Bach ad h. l.:poetae impendere apud inferos saxum Tantalo faciunt,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 16, 35:quem (Herculem) Homerus apud inferos conveniri facit ab Ulixe,
id. N. D. 3, 16, 41:Plato construi a deo mundum facit,
id. ib. 1, 8, 19:Plato Isocratem laudari fecit a Socrate,
id. Opt. Gen. 6, 17; id. Brut. 38, 142:M. Cicero dicere facit C. Laelium,
Gell. 17, 5, 1:caput esse faciunt ea, quae perspicua dicunt,
Cic. Fia. 4, 4, 8, v. Madv. ad h. l.—In double construction:5.Polyphemum Homerus cum ariete colloquentem facit ejusque laudare fortunas,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 39 fin. —To make believe, to pretend:6.facio me alias res agere,
Cic. Fam. 15, 18:cum verbis se locupletem faceret,
id. Fl. 20:me unum ex iis feci, qui, etc.,
id. Planc. 27, 65.—Hypothetically in the imper. fac, suppose, assume:7.fac, quaeso, qui ego sum, esse te,
Cic. Fam. 7, 23, 1; cf.:fac potuisse,
id. Phil. 2, 3, 5:fac animos non remanere post mortem,
id. Tusc. 1, 34, 82; 1, 29, 70:fac velit,
Stat. Ach. 2, 241:fac velle,
Verg. A. 4, 540.—In mercant. lang., to practise, exercise, follow any trade or profession:8.cum mercaturas facerent,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 28, § 72:naviculariam,
id. ib. 2, 5, 18, §46: argentariam,
id. ib. 2, 5, 49, § 155; id. Caecin. 4, 10:topiariam,
id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 2, § 5:haruspicinam,
id. Fam. 6, 18, 1:praeconium,
id. ib.; so,piraticam,
id. Post. Red. in Sen. 5, 11:medicinam,
Phaedr. 1, 14, 2.—In relig. lang., like the Gr. rhezein, to perform or celebrate a religious rite; to offer sacrifice, make an offering, to sacrifice:9.res illum divinas apud eos deos in suo sacrario quotidie facere vidisti,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 8, § 18:sacra pro civibus,
id. Balb. 24, 55:sacrificium publicum,
id. Brut. 14, 56.— Absol.:a sacris patriis Junonis Sospitae, cui omnes consules facere necesse est, consulem avellere,
Cic. Mur. 41, 90.—With abl.:cum faciam vitula pro frugibus,
Verg. E. 3, 77:catulo,
Col. 2, 22, 4.— Pass. impers.:cum pro populo fieret,
Cic. Att. 1, 13, 3:quibus diis decemviri ex libris ut fieret, ediderunt,
Liv. 37, 3, 5.—In gram., to make, form in inflecting:10.cur aper apri et pater patris faciat?
Quint. 1, 6, 13; so id. 14; 15; 27; cf.:sic genitivus Achilli et Ulixi fecit,
id. 1, 5, 63; 1, 6, 26:eadem (littera) fecit ex duello bellum,
id. 1, 4, 15.—In late Lat., (se) facere aliquo, to betake one's self to any place:11.intra limen sese facit,
App. 5, p. 159, 25;without se: homo meus coepit ad stelas facere,
Petr. 62:ad illum ex Libya Hammon facit,
Tert. Pall. 3.—Peculiar phrases.a.Quid faciam (facias, fiet, etc.), with abl., dat., or (rare) with de, what is to be done with a person or thing? quid hoc homine facias? Cic. Sest. 13, 29; id. Verr. 2, 2, 16, § 40:b.nescit quid faciat auro,
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 100:quid tu huic homini facias?
Cic. Caecin. 11, 30; cf.:quid enim tibi faciam,
id. Att. 7, 3, 2: quid faceret huic conclusioni, i. e. how should he refute, etc., id. Ac. 2, 30, 96:quid facias illi?
Hor. S. 1, 1, 63:miserunt Delphos consultum quidnam facerent de rebus suis,
Nep. Them. 2: quid fecisti scipione? what have you done with the stick? or, what has become of it? Plaut. Cas. 5, 4, 6; cf. id. ib. 5, 4, 9.—In pass.:quid Tulliola mea fiet?
Cic. Fam. 14, 4, 3:quid illo fiet? quid me?
id. Att. 6, 1, 14:quid fiet artibus?
id. Ac. 2, 33, 107:quid mihi fiet?
Ov. A. A. 1, 536:quid de illa fiet fidicina igitur?
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 48: de fratre quid fiet? Ter. Ad. 5, 9, 39.— Absol.:quid faciat Philomela? fugam custodia claudit?
Ov. M. 6, 572:quid facerem? neque servitio me exire licebat, etc.,
Verg. E. 1, 41 al. —Fit, factum est aliquo or aliqua re, it happens to, becomes of a person or thing:(β).volo Erogitare, meo minore quid sit factum filio,
Plaut. Capt. 5, 1, 32:nec quid deinde iis (elephantis) factum sit, auctores explicant,
Plin. 8, 6, 6, § 17:quid eo est argento factum?
Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 106.—Hence,Esp., si quid factum sit aliquo, if any thing should happen to one (i. q. si quid acciderit humanitus), euphemistically for if one should die:c.si quid eo factum esset, in quo spem essetis habituri?
Cic. de Imp. Pomp. 20, 59; cf.:eum fecisse aiunt, sibi quod faciendum fuit,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 1, 23. —Ut fit, as it usually happens, as is commonly the case:d.praesertim cum, ut fit, fortuito saepe aliquid concluse apteque dicerent,
Cic. Or. 53, 177:queri, ut fit, incipiunt,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 23, § 56:dum se uxor, ut fit, comparat,
id. Mil. 10, 28:fecit statim, ut fit, fastidium copia,
Liv. 3, 1, 7.—Fiat, an expression of assent, so be it! very good! fiat, geratur mos tibi, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 146; id. As. 1, 1, 27; id. Am. 2, 2, 138; id. Most. 4, 3, 44 al.—e. 12.In certain phrases the ellipsis of facere is common, e. g. finem facere:II.Quae cum dixisset, Cotta finem,
Cic. N. D. 3, 40, 94; id. Fin. 4, 1 init. —With nihil aliud quam, quid alium quam, nihil praeterquam, which often = an emphatic Engl. only (but not in Cic.):Tissaphernes nihil aliud quam bellum comparavit,
Nep. Ages. 2:per biduum nihil aliud quam steterunt parati,
Liv. 34, 46; Suet. Caes. 20; id. Aug. 83; Liv. 2, 63; 4, 3; 3, 26.—So with nihil amplius quam, nihil prius quam, nihil minus quam, Liv. 26, 20; 35, 11; Suet. Dom. 3.Neutr.A.With adverbs, to do, deal, or act in any manner:B.recta et vera loquere, sed neque vere neque recte adhuc Fecisti umquam,
Plaut. Capt. 5, 2, 7;v. recte under rego: bene fecit Silius, qui transegerit,
Cic. Att. 12, 24, 1:seu recte seu perperam,
to do right or wrong, id. Quint. 8, 31:Dalmatis di male faciant,
id. Fam. 5, 11 fin.:facis amice,
in a friendly manner, id. Lael. 2, 9; cf.:per malitiam,
maliciously, id. Rosc. Com. 7, 21:humaniter,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 1, 1:imperite,
id. Leg. 1, 1, 4:tutius,
Quint. 5, 10, 68:voluit facere contra huic aegre,
Ter. Eun. 4, 1, 10: bene facere, to profit, benefit (opp. male facere, to hurt, injure), Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 25; 5, 7, 19; Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 22; id. Capt. 5, 2, 23; v. also under benefacio and benefactum.—Facere cum or ab aliquo, to take part with one, to side with one; and opp. contra (or adversus) aliquem, to take part against one:C.si respondisset, idem sentire et secum facere Sullam,
Cic. Sull. 13, 36; cf.:cum illo consulem facere,
id. Att. 6, 8, 2; and:secum consules facere,
id. Planc. 35, 86:auctoritatem sapientissimorum hominum facere nobiscum,
id. Caecin. 36, 104; cf.:rem et sententiam interdicti mecum facere fatebatur,
id. ib. 28, 79:cum veritas cum hoc faciat,
is on his side, id. Quint. 30, 91:commune est, quod nihilo magis ab adversariis quam a nobis facit,
id. Inv. 1, 48, 90:omnes damnatos, omnes ignominia affectos illac (a or cum Caesare) facere,
id. Att. 7, 3, 5:quae res in civitate duae plurimum possunt, eae contra nos ambae faciunt in hoc tempore,
id. Quint. 1, 1:neque minus eos cum quibus steterint quam adversus quos fecerint,
Nep. Eum. 8, 2:cum aliquo non male facere,
to be on good terms with, Ov. Am. 3, 762.—In late Lat. facere cum aliqua = vivere cum aliqua, to live in matrimony, to be married, Inscr. Orell. 4646. —D.Ad aliquid, alicui, or absol., to be good or of use for any thing; to be useful, of service:E.chamaeleon facit ad difficultatem urinae,
Plin. 22, 18, 21, § 46; Scrib. Comp. 122:ad talem formam non facit iste locus,
Ov. H. 16, 190; cf. id. ib. 6, 128; id. Am. 1, 2, 16 al.:radix coronopi coeliacis praeclare facit,
Plin. 22, 19, 22, § 48; so with dat., Plin. Val. 2, 1; Prop. 3 (4), 1, 20:facit autem commode ea compositio, quam, etc.,
Col. 7, 5, 7; 8, 17, 13:nec caelum, nec aquae faciunt, nec terra, nec aurae,
do not benefit me, Ov. Tr. 3, 8, 23:mire facit in peroratione confessio,
Quint. 11, 3, 173; 171; cf. with a subject-clause: plurimum facit, totas diligenter [p. 718] nosse causas, id. 6, 4, 8: ad aliquid or alicui signifies also to suit, fit:non faciet capiti dura corona meo,
Prop. 3, 1, 19; cf. Ov. H. 16, 189.—Like the Gr. poiein or dran, and the Engl. to do, instead of another verb (also for esse and pati):F.factum cupio (sc. id esse),
Plaut. Truc. 4, 4, 24:factum volo,
id. Bacch. 3, 3, 91; id. Most. 3, 2, 104:an Scythes Anacharsis potuit pro nihilo pecuniam ducere, nostrates philosophi facere non potuerunt?
Cic. Tusc. 5, 32, 90:nihil his in locis nisi saxa et montes cogitabam: idque ut facerem, orationibus inducebar tuis,
id. Leg. 2, 1, 2; cf.:Demosthenem, si illa pronuntiare voluisset, ornate splendideque facere potuisse,
id. Off. 1, 1 fin.; and:cur Cassandra furens futura prospiciat, Priamus sapiens hoc idem facere nequeat?
id. Div. 1, 39, 85; so id. Ac. 2, 33, 107; id. Att. 1, 16, 13; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 18, 2; Nep. Chabr. 3, 4; 4, 3 al.:vadem te ad mortem tyranno dabis pro amico, ut Pythagoreus ille Siculo fecit tyranno (here also with the case of the preceding verb),
Cic. Fin. 2, 24 fin. (v. Madv. ad h. l. p. 278):jubeas (eum) miserum esse, libenter quatenus id facit (i. e. miser est),
what he is doing, Hor. S. 1, 1, 64:in hominibus solum existunt: nam bestiae simile quiddam faciunt (i. q. patiuntur or habent),
Cic. Tusc. 4, 14; so,ne facias quod Ummidius quidam (= ne idem experiaris, ne idem tibi eveniat),
Hor. S. 1, 1, 94. —Facere omitted, especially in short sentences expressing a judgment upon conduct, etc.:1.at stulte, qui non modo non censuerit, etc.,
Cic. Off. 3, 27, 101.—Hence,factus, a, um, P. a.A.As adjective ante-class. and very rare:B.factius nihilo facit, sc. id, i. e. nihilo magis effectum reddit,
is no nearer bringing it about, Plaut. Trin. 2, 3, 6; cf. Lorenz ad loc.—Far more freq.,In the neutr. as subst.: factum, i ( gen. plur. factum, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 31, 66 Trag. 81), that which is done, a deed, act, exploit, achievement (syn.: res gestae, facinus).1.In gen.:2.depingere,
Ter. Phorm. 1, 5, 38:facere factum,
Plaut. Truc. 2, 7, 5; id. Mil. 3, 1, 139:dicta et facta,
Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 19; id. Heaut. 4, 5, 12:opus facto est,
id. Phorm. 4, 5, 4:ecquod hujus factum aut commissum non dicam audacius, sed, etc.,
Cic. Sull. 26, 72: meum factum probari abs te triumpho gaudio, Caes. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 16, A. 1;14, 9, 2: quod umquam eorum in re publica forte factum exstitit?
id. ib. 8, 14, 2:praeclarum atque divinum,
id. Phil. 2, 44, 114:egregium,
id. Fam. 10, 16, 2; id. Cael. 10, 23:factum per se improbabile,
Quint. 7, 4, 7; 6, 1, 22:illustre,
Nep. Arist. 2, 2; cf.:illustria et gloriosa,
Cic. Fin. 1, 11, 37:forte,
id. Att. 8, 14, 2:dira,
Ov. M. 6, 533:nefanda,
id. H. 14, 16 al.; but also with the adv.:recte ac turpiter factum,
Caes. B. G. 7, 80, 5; cf.:multa huius (Timothei) sunt praeclare facta sed haec maxime illustria,
Nep. Timoth. 1, 2;v. Zumpt, Gram. § 722, 2: dimidium facti, qui coepit, habet,
Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 40:quo facto aut dicto adest opus,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 15 et saep.:famam extendere factis,
Verg. A. 10, 468: non hominum video. non ego facta boum, doings, i. e. works, Ov. H. 10, 60.—In partic., bonum factum, like the Gr. agathê tuchê, a good deed, i. e. well done, fortunate (ante-class. and post-Aug.):* 2.bonum factum'st, edicta ut servetis mea,
Plaut. Poen. prol. 16; cf. id. ib. 44; cf.:hoc factum est optimum, ut, etc.,
id. Ps. 1, 2, 52:majorum bona facta,
Tac. A. 3, 40; cf. id. ib. 3, 65. —At the commencement of edicts, Suet. Caesar, 80; id. Vit. 14; Aur. Vict. Vir. Ill. 49, 17; Tert. Pudic. 1.—(But in the class. per. factum in this sense is a participle, and is construed with an adv.:bene facta,
Sall. C. 8, 5; id. J. 85, 5; Cic. Tusc. 2, 26, 64:recte, male facta,
id. Off. 2, 18, 62:male facto exigua laus proponitur,
id. Leg. Agr. 2, 2, 5; id. Brut. 43, 322; Quint. 3, 7, 13; cf. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 460).—facteon, a word jestingly formed by Cicero, after the analogy of the Greek, for faciendum: quare, ut opinor, philosophêteon, id quod tu facis, et istos consulatus non flocci facteon, Cic. Att. 1, 16, 13 Orell. N. cr. (for facteon, Ernesti has eateon). -
89 שלם I, שלם
שָׁלֵםI, שָׁלַם, (b. h.) to be whole, complete; to end, cease. Y.Sot.VIII, 22c bot. שלום שבימיו שָׁלְמָהוכ׳ Zedekiah was named Shallum, because in his days ended the reign of the house of Judah; Y.Shek.VI, 49d top; Y.Hor.III, 47c bot.; Bab. ib. 11b; Ker.5b ששלם (corr. acc.); Yalk. Kings 250; Yalk. Chr. 1085. Pesik. R. s. 6 (ref. to 1 Kings 7:51) כיון שבא … עכשיו שלמה מלאכתוכ׳ when Solomon came and built the Temple, the Lord said, now the work of heaven and earth (creation) is complete; Yalk. Kings 186 שְׁלֵימָה. Pesik. R. l. c. כיון שהִשְׁלִימוּ … שלמה נפשם when the workmen had finished their work, their life was finished (they died); Yalk. l. c.; a. e. Hif. הִשְׁלִים 1) to complete, finish. Pesik. R. l. c., v. supra. Y.R. Hash. I, 57a top; Y.Shebi.II, 34a top מכיון שהוא עומד … מַשְׁלִים שנתו since he stands in (has entered) the third year of the tree, he may count it a full year. Yoma 33a (ref. to Lev. 6:5, play on עליח … השלמים) עליח הַשְׁלֵם כלוכ׳ with it (the evening sacrifice) cease all sacrifices (none can be offered after it). B. Kam.10a החופר … והִשְׁלִימָהּ לעשרה if one digs a pit nine cubits deep, and another comes and completes it to the legal size of ten. Ber.47b שחרר … והִשְׁלִימוֹוכ׳ he freed his slave and used him to complete the quorum of ten persons. Ib. 8b המשלים פרשיותיו, v. פָּרָשָׁה I. Pesik. R. l. c. לכך נקרא שלמה שה׳ … לתוך מעשה ידיו he is called Shlomoh (perfect), because God caused the work of creation to be perfected through his handiwork (the Temple); Yalk. Kings l. c.; a. fr.Esp. to finish the fast-day. Taan.VII, 9 יַשְׁלִימוּ they must fast the whole day. Yoma 82a מַשְׁלִימִין they must fast to the end of the day; a. fr.Part. pass. מוּשְׁלָם perfect, virtuous. Hor. l. c. he was named Shallum שהיה מ׳ במעשיו Ag. Hatt. (ed. משולם) because he was perfect in his deeds; Yalk. Kings 250; Yalk. Chr. l. c. 2) (denom. of שָׁלוֹם) to make friends, or to surrender. Succ.52a (ref. to Prov. 25:22) א״ת יְשַׁלֵּם אלא יַשְׁלִימֶנּוּ לך read not yshallem (he will pay) but, he will surrender him (the evil spirit) to thee; (comment.; he will make him be friends with thee).Part. pass. as ab. Num. R. s. 74> אחד עשר יום היו מוּשְׁלָמִים לאלהים eleven days were they (the Israelites) at peace with God (adhered to him sincerely); כ״ט יום … מוּשְׁלָמִין twenty-nine days they were sincere servants of God, opp. עשו את העגל. Ib. אינם מושלמים ליוכ׳ (ed. Wil. משלמים, corr. acc.) they will be faithful to me only forty days. Gen. R. s. 16, beg. מ׳ לבוראו faithful to his Creator; a. e. Nif. נִשְׁלַם to be finished, to end. Tanḥ. Mishp. 19 המלאך אומר נ׳ פלוני the angel says, such and such has ended (must die). Pi. שִׁלֵּם 1) to perfect.Part. pass. מְשוּלָּם. Hor. l. c., v. supra. Yalk. Lev. 458 מְשוּלָּמִים, v. שָׁלוֹם. 2) to compensate, reward, pay. Pesik. R. l. c. (play on יתשלם, 1 Kings 7:51) עלי לשַׁלֵּם להם מתן שכר it is for me to pay them their reward. Ib. עלי לשלם לו it is for me to compensate it (the month of Kislev) for its loss; ומה ש׳ לווכ׳ and wherewith did he compensate it? With the dedication under the Hasmonean house. Y.Taan.II, 65b top (ref. to Mic. 7:3) שַׁלֵּם לי יַאֲשַׁלֵּם לך (the judge says,) pay me, and I shall pay thee (decide in thy favor). B. Kam.I, 1 חב המזיק לשלםוכ׳ he that caused the damage is bound to pay Ib. 4 משַׁלֵּם נזק שלם must pay the full indemnity. B. Mets.III, 1 ש׳ ולא רצהוכ׳ if he pays in preference to making oath. B. Bath.III, 4 מְשַׁלְּמִין לי את הכל they must pay him in full. Ab. II, 16 שיְשַׁלֵּם, v. שָׂכָר; a. v. fr. -
90 שָׁלֵם
שָׁלֵםI, שָׁלַם, (b. h.) to be whole, complete; to end, cease. Y.Sot.VIII, 22c bot. שלום שבימיו שָׁלְמָהוכ׳ Zedekiah was named Shallum, because in his days ended the reign of the house of Judah; Y.Shek.VI, 49d top; Y.Hor.III, 47c bot.; Bab. ib. 11b; Ker.5b ששלם (corr. acc.); Yalk. Kings 250; Yalk. Chr. 1085. Pesik. R. s. 6 (ref. to 1 Kings 7:51) כיון שבא … עכשיו שלמה מלאכתוכ׳ when Solomon came and built the Temple, the Lord said, now the work of heaven and earth (creation) is complete; Yalk. Kings 186 שְׁלֵימָה. Pesik. R. l. c. כיון שהִשְׁלִימוּ … שלמה נפשם when the workmen had finished their work, their life was finished (they died); Yalk. l. c.; a. e. Hif. הִשְׁלִים 1) to complete, finish. Pesik. R. l. c., v. supra. Y.R. Hash. I, 57a top; Y.Shebi.II, 34a top מכיון שהוא עומד … מַשְׁלִים שנתו since he stands in (has entered) the third year of the tree, he may count it a full year. Yoma 33a (ref. to Lev. 6:5, play on עליח … השלמים) עליח הַשְׁלֵם כלוכ׳ with it (the evening sacrifice) cease all sacrifices (none can be offered after it). B. Kam.10a החופר … והִשְׁלִימָהּ לעשרה if one digs a pit nine cubits deep, and another comes and completes it to the legal size of ten. Ber.47b שחרר … והִשְׁלִימוֹוכ׳ he freed his slave and used him to complete the quorum of ten persons. Ib. 8b המשלים פרשיותיו, v. פָּרָשָׁה I. Pesik. R. l. c. לכך נקרא שלמה שה׳ … לתוך מעשה ידיו he is called Shlomoh (perfect), because God caused the work of creation to be perfected through his handiwork (the Temple); Yalk. Kings l. c.; a. fr.Esp. to finish the fast-day. Taan.VII, 9 יַשְׁלִימוּ they must fast the whole day. Yoma 82a מַשְׁלִימִין they must fast to the end of the day; a. fr.Part. pass. מוּשְׁלָם perfect, virtuous. Hor. l. c. he was named Shallum שהיה מ׳ במעשיו Ag. Hatt. (ed. משולם) because he was perfect in his deeds; Yalk. Kings 250; Yalk. Chr. l. c. 2) (denom. of שָׁלוֹם) to make friends, or to surrender. Succ.52a (ref. to Prov. 25:22) א״ת יְשַׁלֵּם אלא יַשְׁלִימֶנּוּ לך read not yshallem (he will pay) but, he will surrender him (the evil spirit) to thee; (comment.; he will make him be friends with thee).Part. pass. as ab. Num. R. s. 74> אחד עשר יום היו מוּשְׁלָמִים לאלהים eleven days were they (the Israelites) at peace with God (adhered to him sincerely); כ״ט יום … מוּשְׁלָמִין twenty-nine days they were sincere servants of God, opp. עשו את העגל. Ib. אינם מושלמים ליוכ׳ (ed. Wil. משלמים, corr. acc.) they will be faithful to me only forty days. Gen. R. s. 16, beg. מ׳ לבוראו faithful to his Creator; a. e. Nif. נִשְׁלַם to be finished, to end. Tanḥ. Mishp. 19 המלאך אומר נ׳ פלוני the angel says, such and such has ended (must die). Pi. שִׁלֵּם 1) to perfect.Part. pass. מְשוּלָּם. Hor. l. c., v. supra. Yalk. Lev. 458 מְשוּלָּמִים, v. שָׁלוֹם. 2) to compensate, reward, pay. Pesik. R. l. c. (play on יתשלם, 1 Kings 7:51) עלי לשַׁלֵּם להם מתן שכר it is for me to pay them their reward. Ib. עלי לשלם לו it is for me to compensate it (the month of Kislev) for its loss; ומה ש׳ לווכ׳ and wherewith did he compensate it? With the dedication under the Hasmonean house. Y.Taan.II, 65b top (ref. to Mic. 7:3) שַׁלֵּם לי יַאֲשַׁלֵּם לך (the judge says,) pay me, and I shall pay thee (decide in thy favor). B. Kam.I, 1 חב המזיק לשלםוכ׳ he that caused the damage is bound to pay Ib. 4 משַׁלֵּם נזק שלם must pay the full indemnity. B. Mets.III, 1 ש׳ ולא רצהוכ׳ if he pays in preference to making oath. B. Bath.III, 4 מְשַׁלְּמִין לי את הכל they must pay him in full. Ab. II, 16 שיְשַׁלֵּם, v. שָׂכָר; a. v. fr. -
91 ἀλλά
ἀλλά (Hom.+; DELG s.v. ἄλλος; Schwyzer II 578) gener. adversative particle (orig. neut. pl. of ἄλλος, ‘otherwise’) indicating a difference with or contrast to what precedes, in the case of individual clauses as well as whole sentences① after a negative or after μέν on the contrary, but, yet, ratherⓐ introducing a contrast οὐκ ἦλθον καταλῦσαι, ἀλλὰ πληρῶσαι Mt 5:17. οὐ πᾶς ὁ λέγων … ἀλλʼ ὁ ποιῶν 7:21. οὐκ ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει Mk 5:39. οὐκέτι οὐδένα εἶδον, ἀλλὰ τὸν Ἰησοῦν μόνον 9:8 (v.l. εἰ μὴ τ. Ἰ.). οὐ … σαρκὶ ἀλλὰ μόνῳ πνεύματι AcPl Ant 13 (μόνον Aa I 237, 3). οὐκ ἔστι θεὸς νεκρῶν ἀλλὰ ζώντων Mt 22:32; Mk 12:27; Lk 20:38. ἀλλὰ καθῶς γέγραπται Ro 15:21 introduces a statement about a procedure that contrasts with what precedes.—W. ascensive force (B-D-F §448; Rob. 1187) οὐ μόνον … ἀλλὰ καί not only …, but also (EpArist oft.; TestJob 47:2f; Jos., Bell. 3, 102; Just., A I, 5, 4): οὐ μόνον δεθῆναι, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀποθανεῖν Ac 21:13. οὐ μόνον σὲ ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας 26:29; cp. 27:10; Ro 1:32; 4:12, 16; 9:24; 13:5; 2 Cor 8:10, 21; 9:12; Eph 1:21; Phil 1:29; 1 Th 1:5; 2:8; Hb 12:26; 1 Pt 2:18. W. the first member shortened (cp. TestJob 35:1) οὐ μόνον δέ, ἀλλὰ καί not only this (is the case), but also: οὐ μόνον δέ (sc. καυχώμεθα ἐπὶ τούτῳ), ἀλλὰ καὶ καυχώμεθα ἐν ταῖς θλίψεσιν Ro 5:3, cp. vs. 11; 8:23; 9:10; 2 Cor 8:19.—Introducing the main point after a question expressed or implied, which has been answered in the negative οὐχί, ἀλλὰ κληθήσεται Ἰωάννης no; rather his name shall be John Lk 1:60. οὐχί, λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀλλὰ ἐὰν μὴ μετανοῆτε no! I tell you; rather, if you do not repent 13:3, 5; cp. 16:30; J 7:12; Ac 16:37; Ro 3:27 (TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 5; 31f [Stone p. 12]; JosAs 4:15 al.; ApcMos 6) after μὴ γένοιτο, which serves as a strong negation 3:31; 7:7, 13; cp. 1 Cor 7:21. The neg. answer is omitted as obvious: (no,) instead of that 6:6 (as a declaration). Instead of ἀ.: ἀλλʼ ἤ Lk 12:51; B 2:8. Also after a negative and ἄλλος, as in Pla., X. et al. (Kühner-G. II 284f; IG IV, 951, 76 [320 B.C.]; PPetr II, 46a, 5 [200 B.C.]; Just., A II, 4, 2 al.; in rhetorical quest. PsSol 5:12; B-D-F §448, 8): except οὐ γὰρ ἄλλα γράφομεν ὑμῖν ἀλλʼ ἢ ἃ ἀναγινώσκετε for we write you nothing (else) except what you can understand 2 Cor 1:13. This construction οὐκ ἄλλος ἀλλʼ ἤ is a combination of οὐκ ἄλλος …, ἀλλά (PTebt 104, 19 [92 B.C.] μὴ ἐξέστω Φιλίσκωνι γυναῖκα ἄλλην ἐπαγαγέσθαι, ἀλλὰ Ἀπολλωνίαν) 1 Cl 51:5, and οὐκ ἄλλος ἤ … (Ps.-Clem., Hom. 16, 20).ⓑ within the same clause, used to contrast single words (Just., A I, 15, 7 οὐ τούς δικαίους … ἀλλὰ τούς ἀσεβεῖς, D. 48, 1): οὐ … δικαίους ἀλλʼ ἁμαρτωλούς Mt 9:13; Lk 5:32. οὐκ ἐμὲ δέχεται ἀλλὰ τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με Mk 9:37. ἀλλʼ οὐ τί ἐγὼ θέλω ἀλλὰ τί σύ 14:36, cp. J 5:30; 6:38. ἡ ἐμὴ διδαχὴ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὴ ἀλλὰ τοῦ πέμψαντός με 7:16. οὐκ ἐγὼ ἀλλὰ ὁ κύριος 1 Cor 7:10. οὐ τῇ πορνείᾳ, ἀλλὰ τῷ κυρίῳ 6:13. οὐκ εἰς τὸ κρεῖσσον ἀλλὰ εἰς τὸ ἧσσον 11:17. οὐκ ἔστιν ἓν μέλος ἀλλὰ πολλά 12:14. οὐκ εἰς τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἀλλʼ εἰς τὸ πονηρόν D 5:2. οὐχ ὡς διδάσκαλος ἀλλʼ ὡς εἷς ἐξ ὑμῶν B 1:8 al. In Mt 20:23, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸν τοῦτο δοῦναι, ἀλλʼ οἷς ἡτοίμασται ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρός μου has been shortened from οὐκ ἐμὸν … ἀλλὰ τοῦ πατρός, ὅς δώσει οἷς ἡτοίμασται ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ.—But s. WBeck, CTM 21, ’50, 606–10 for the mng. except for Mt 20:23=Mk 10:40, and Mk 4:22, also 9:8 v.l. (for εἰ μή); D 9:5. So also B-D-F §448, 8; Mlt-Turner 330; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 113f.—After μὲν, to indicate that a limiting phrase is to follow πάντα μὲν καθαρά, ἀλλὰ κακὸν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ Ro 14:20. σὺ μὲν γὰρ καλῶς εὐχαριστεῖς, ἀλλʼ ὁ ἕτερος οὐκ οἰκοδομεῖται 1 Cor 14:17.—The use of ἀλλά in the Johannine lit. is noteworthy, in that the parts contrasted are not always of equal standing grammatically: οὐκ ἦν ἐκεῖνος τὸ φῶς ἀλλʼ ἵνα μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ τοῦ φωτός=ἀλλὰ μαρτυρῶν π. τ. φ. J 1:8; οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν ἀλλʼ … ἦλθον although I did not know him, yet I came vs. 31. εἶπον [ὅτι] οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ὁ Χριστός, ἀλλʼ ὅτι I said, ‘I am not the Christ; rather, I was sent before him’ 3:28. οὔτε οὗτος ἥμαρτεν οὔτε οἱ γονεῖς αὐτοῦ, ἀλλʼ ἵνα φανερωθῇ neither this man has sinned, nor his parents, but (he was born blind) that … might be revealed 9:3.② when whole clauses are compared, ἀλλά can indicate a transition to someth. different or contrasted: the other side of a matter or issue, but, yet. δεῖ γὰρ γενέσθαι, ἀλλʼ οὔπω ἐστὶν τὸ τέλος Mt 24:6, cp. Lk 21:9. κεκοίμηται• ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξυπνίσω αὐτόν J 11:11, cp. vs. 15; 16:20; Lk 22:36; J 4:23; 6:36, 64; 8:37; Ac 9:6; Ro 10:18f. ἁμαρτία οὐκ ἐλλογεῖται … ἀλλὰ … sin is not charged; nevertheless … 5:13f. Introducing an objection, ἀλλὰ ἐρεῖ τις (Jos., Bell. 7, 363 and Just., A I, 7, 1 ἀλλὰ φήσει τις) probably colloq. = ‘well’, someone will say: 1 Cor 15:35; Js 2:18 (difft. DWatson, NTS 39 ’93, 94–121). Taking back or limiting a preceding statement παρένεγκε τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο ἀπʼ ἐμοῦ• ἀλλʼ οὐ τί ἐγὼ θέλω Mk 14:36. ἀλλʼ οὐχ ὡς τὸ παράπτωμα, οὔτως καὶ τὸ χάρισμα Ro 5:15. ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐχρησάμεθα τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ ταύτῃ 1 Cor 9:12. ἀλλὰ ἕκαστος ἴδιον ἔχει χάρισμα 7:7. ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τούτου δὲ εἴρηται D 1:6.—In ἀλλʼ, οὐ πάντες οἱ ἐξελθόντες … ; in Hb 3:16 ἀλλʼ, in the opinion of some, seems to owe its origin solely to a misunderstanding of the preceding τίνες as τινές by an early copyist (B-D-F §448, 4), but here ἀλλά may convey strong asseveration surely (so REB). See 3 below.③ before independent clauses, to indicate that the preceding is to be regarded as a settled matter, thus forming a transition to someth. new (Just., A I, 3; 10, 1) other matter for additional consideration, but ἀλλὰ ὁ ὄχλος οὗτος … ἐπάρατοί εἰσιν but this rabble … is accursed J 7:49. ἀλλʼ ἐν τούτοις πᾶσιν ὑπερνικῶμεν (no, not at all!) but in all these we are more than conquerors Ro 8:37. ἀλλʼ ὅτι ἃ θύουσιν, δαιμονίοις … θύουσιν (no!) but they (the gentiles) offer what they sacrifice to inferior deities 1 Cor 10:20 (their second-rate status is Paul’s connotation). Cp. Gal 2:3 and Mt 11:7f ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν; (you could not have wanted to see that;) but what did you go out to see? Also to be explained elliptically is the ascensive ἀλλὰ καί (and not only this,) but also Lk 12:7; 16:21; 24:22; Phil 1:18 (Ath. 21, 4); negative ἀλλʼ οὐδέ Lk 23:15; Ac 19:2; 1 Cor 3:2; 4:3 (Ar. 9:1); strengthened ἀλλά γε καί indeed Lk 24:21; ἀλλὰ μὲν οὖν γε καί Phil 3:8; Hb 3:16 (s. 2 above) may well be rendered (as NEB) all those, surely, whom Moses had led out of Egypt (cp. Dio Chrys. 33, 36; 47, 3).④ for strong alternative/additional considerationⓐ in the apodosis of conditional sentences, yet, certainly, at least εἰ καὶ πάντες σκανδαλισθήσονται, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐγώ certainly I will not Mk 14:29; cp. 1 Cor 8:6; 2 Cor 4:16; 5:16; 11:6; strengthened ἀλλὰ καί: εἰ γὰρ σύμφυτοι γεγόναμεν …, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως (sc. σύμφυτοι) ἐσόμεθα we shall certainly be united w. him in his resurrection Ro 6:5; limited by γε (ἀλλʼ οὖν γε Just., D. 76, 6; 93, 1): εἰ ἄλλοις οὐκ εἰμὶ ἀπόστολος, ἀλλά γε ὑμῖν εἰμι at least I am one to you 1 Cor 9:2 (cp. X., Cyr. 1, 3, 6; B-D-F §439, 2). ἐὰν γὰρ μυρίους παιδαγωγοὺς ἔχητε ἐν Χριστῷ, ἀλλʼ οὐ πολλοὺς πατέρας certainly not many fathers 1 Cor 4:15.ⓑ rhetorically ascensive: (not only this,) but rather πόσην κατειργάσατο ὑμῖν σπουδήν, ἀ. ἀπολογίαν, ἀ. ἀγανάκτησιν, ἀ. φόβον, ἀ. ἐπιπόθησιν, ἀ. ζῆλον, ἀ. ἐκδίκησιν even, yes indeed 2 Cor 7:11. On Eph 5:24 s. 5 below.⑤ w. an impv. to strengthen the command: now, then (Arrian, Anab. 5, 26, 4 ἀλλὰ παραμείνατε=so hold on! JosAs 13:9; ApcMos 3; SibOr 3, 624; 632; Jos., Ant. 4, 145): ἀλλὰ ἐλθὼν ἐπίθες τὴν χεῖρά σου now come and lay your hand on her Mt 9:18. ἀλλʼ εἴ τι δύνῃ, βοήθησον now help me, if you can (in any way) Mk 9:22. ἀλλὰ ὑπάγετε εἴπατε now go and tell 16:7. ἀλλὰ ἀναστὰς κατάβηθι Ac 10:20. ἀλλὰ ἀνάστηθι 26:16 (JosAs 14:11).—In same sense w. subjunctive ἀλλʼ … ἀπειλησώμεθα αὐτοῖς μηκέτι λαλεῖν now let us warn them not to speak any longer 4:17. ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ ἐν παντὶ περισσεύετε … ἵνα καὶ ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ χάριτι περισσεύητε 2 Cor 8:7. Unless Eph 5:24 is to be placed in 4b, it is prob. to be understood as an ellipsis, and can be expanded thus: then just as the church is subject to Christ, wives should also be subject to their husbands. Yet ἀλλά is also used to introduce an inference from what precedes: so, therefore, accordingly (e.g. Aristoph., Ach. 1189 ὁδὶ δὲ καὐτός. Ἀλλʼ ἄνοιγε τὴν θύραν=‘here he is in person. So open the door’, Birds 1718; Herodas 7, 89; Artem. 4, 27 p. 219, 22; cp. AMoorehouse, ClQ 46, ’52, 100–104 on ‘progressive’ ἀλλά as Od. 3, 388).—M-M. -
92 קרבן
קָרְבָּןm. (b. h.; קָרֵב) gift, offering, sacrifice. Ber.15a מעלה … והקריב עליו ק׳ it is accredited to him, as if he had built an altar and offered a sacrifice on it; Succ.45a. Sifra Vayikra, Ndab., ch. II, Par. 2 כל מקום שנאמר ק׳ אמור ביו״ד ה״א wherever in the Scriptures ‘sacrifice is used in connection with the divine name, the latter is written with Yod He ( יהוה, never אלהים). Ned.I, 4 האומר ק׳ … שאניוכ׳ if one making a vow says, ḳorban … that I will (not) eat Ib. 2 כינויין לק׳ substitutes for ḳorban. Ib. II, 5 (נדר) בק׳וכ׳ if a man in making a vow uses the word ḳorban, and then says, I vowed only by the gifts to kings; a. fr.Pl. קָרְבָּנוֹת. Ib. ק׳ של מלכים. Zeb. XIV, 10 קָרְבְּנוֹת הצבור congregational sacrifices, ק׳ היחיד sacrifices offered by individuals. Taan.27b כבר תקנתי להם סדר ק׳וכ׳ I have arranged the order of sacrifices for them (in the Torah), and when they read these sections, I will account it to them as if they offered them. Ex. R. s. 30 בקשהקב״ה … ועבודת ק׳וכ׳ the Lord wanted to give them (the generation of the flood) four things (to purify them), the Law, sufferings, the sacrificial service, and prayer, but they refused; a. fr. -
93 קָרְבָּן
קָרְבָּןm. (b. h.; קָרֵב) gift, offering, sacrifice. Ber.15a מעלה … והקריב עליו ק׳ it is accredited to him, as if he had built an altar and offered a sacrifice on it; Succ.45a. Sifra Vayikra, Ndab., ch. II, Par. 2 כל מקום שנאמר ק׳ אמור ביו״ד ה״א wherever in the Scriptures ‘sacrifice is used in connection with the divine name, the latter is written with Yod He ( יהוה, never אלהים). Ned.I, 4 האומר ק׳ … שאניוכ׳ if one making a vow says, ḳorban … that I will (not) eat Ib. 2 כינויין לק׳ substitutes for ḳorban. Ib. II, 5 (נדר) בק׳וכ׳ if a man in making a vow uses the word ḳorban, and then says, I vowed only by the gifts to kings; a. fr.Pl. קָרְבָּנוֹת. Ib. ק׳ של מלכים. Zeb. XIV, 10 קָרְבְּנוֹת הצבור congregational sacrifices, ק׳ היחיד sacrifices offered by individuals. Taan.27b כבר תקנתי להם סדר ק׳וכ׳ I have arranged the order of sacrifices for them (in the Torah), and when they read these sections, I will account it to them as if they offered them. Ex. R. s. 30 בקשהקב״ה … ועבודת ק׳וכ׳ the Lord wanted to give them (the generation of the flood) four things (to purify them), the Law, sufferings, the sacrificial service, and prayer, but they refused; a. fr. -
94 कृ
kṛi
Ā. 2. sg. kṛishé;
impf. 2. andﾠ 3. sg. ákar, 3. sg. rarely ákat ṠBr. III, XI ;
3. du. ákartām;
pl. ákarma, ákarta ( alsoﾠ BhP. ix), ákran (aor., according to Pāṇ. 4-2, 80 Kāṡ.);
Ā. ákri RV. X, 159, 4 and 174, 4,
ákṛithās RV. V, 30, 8,
ákṛita ( RV.);
akrātām ( ṠāṇkhṠr.), ákrata ( RV. AV.):
Impv. kṛidhí ( alsoﾠ MBh. I, 5141 and BhP. VIII),
kṛitám, kṛitá;
Ā. kṛishvá, kṛidhvám;
Subj. 2. andﾠ 3. sg. kar pl. kárma, kárta andﾠ kartana, kran;
Ā. 3. sg. kṛita RV. IX, 69, 5,
3. pl. kránta RV. I, 141, 3:
Pot. kriyāma RV. X, 32, 9 ;
pr. p. P. (nom. pl.) krántas Ā. krāṇá. cl. 1. P. kárasi, kárati, kárathas, káratas, káranti;
Ā. kárase, kárate, kárāmahe:
impf. ákaram, ákaras, ákarat (aor., according to Pāṇ. 3-1, 59):
Impv. kára, káratam, káratām:
Subj. káram, kárāṇi, káras, kárat, kárāma, káran;
Ā. karāmahai;
pr. p. (f.) kárantī (Naigh.) III. cl. 5. P. kṛiṇómi, - ṇóshi, - ṇóti, kṛiṇuthás, kṛiṇmás andﾠ kṛiṇmasi, kṛiṇuthá, kṛiṇvánti;
Ā. kṛiṇvé, kṛiṇushé, kṛiṇuté, 3. du. kṛiṇvaíte RV. VI, 25, 4 ;
pl. kṛiṇmáhe, kṛiṇváte:
impf. ákṛiṇos, ákṛiṇot, ákṛiṇutam, ákṛiṇuta andﾠ - ṇotana RV. I, 110, 8,
ákṛiṇvan;
Ā. 3. sg. ákṛiṇuta pl. ákṛiṇudhvam, ákṛiṇvata:
Impv. kṛiṇú orﾠ kṛiṇuhí orﾠ kṛiṇutā́t, kṛiṇótu, kṛiṇutám, kṛiṇutā́m, 2. pl. kṛiṇutá orﾠ kṛiṇóta orﾠ kṛiṇótana, 3. pl. kṛiṇvántu;
Ā. kṛiṇushvá, kṛiṇutā́m, kṛiṇvā́thām, kṛiṇudhvám:
Subj. kṛiṇávas, - ṇávat orﾠ - ṇávāt, kṛiṇávāva, - ṇávāma, - ṇávātha, - ṇávatha, - ṇávan;
Ā. kṛiṇávai (once - ṇavā RV. X, 95, 2),
kṛiṇavase ( alsoﾠ ṠvetUp. II, 7 v.l. - ṇvase), kṛiṇavate, kṛiṇávāvahai, kṛiṇávāmahai, 3. pl. kṛiṇávanta ( RV.) orﾠ kṛiṇavante orﾠ kṛiṇvata ( RV.):
Pot. Ā. kṛiṇvītá;
pr. p. P. kṛiṇvát (f. -vatī́) Ā. kṛiṇvāṇá. IV) cl. 8. (this is the usual formation in the Brāhmaṇas;
Sūtras, andﾠ in classical Sanskṛit) P. karómi
(ep. kurmi MBh. III, 10943 R. II, 12, 33);
kurvás, kuruthás, kurutás, kurmás < kulmas in an interpolation after RV. X, 128 >,
kuruthá, kurvánti;
Ā. kurvé, etc., 3. pl. kurváte (Pāṇ. 6-4, 108-110):
impf. akaravam, akaros, akarot, akurva, etc.;
Ā. 3. sg. akuruta pl. akurvata:
Impv. kuru, karotu (in the earlier language 2. andﾠ 3. sg. kurutāt, 3. sg. alsoﾠ BhP. VI, 4, 34),
kuruta orﾠ kurutana Nir. IV, 7 ;
Ā. kurushva, kurudhvam, kurvátām:
Subj. karavāṇi, karavas, - vāt, - vāva orﾠ - vāvas (Pāṇ. 3-4, 98 Kāṡ.),
- vāma orﾠ - vāmas ( ib.), - vātha, - van;
Ā. karavai, kuruthās, karavāvahai ( TUp. ;
- he MBh. III, 10762),
karavaithe, - vaite (Pāṇ. 3-4, 95, Kāṡ),
- vāmahai (- he MBh. R. I, 18, 12):
Pot. P. kuryām Ā. kurvīya (Pāṇ. 6-4, 109 and 110) ;
pr. p. P. kurvát (f. -vatī́);
Ā. kurvāṇá:
perf. P. cakā́ra, cakártha, cakṛivá, cakṛimá, cakrá (Pāṇ. 7-2, 13) ;
Ā. cakré, cakriré;
p. cakṛivas (acc. cakrúsham RV. X, 137, 1);
Ā. cakrāṇa ( Vop.): 2nd fut. karishyáti;
Subj. 2. sg. karishyā́s RV. IV, 30, 23 ; 1st fut. kártā:
Prec. kriyāsam:
aor. P. Ved. cakaram RV. IV, 42, 6,
acakrat RV. IV, 18, 12, ácakriran RV. VIII, 6, 20 ;
Ā. 1. sg. kṛiske RV. X, 49, 7 ;
Class. akārshīt Pāṇ. 7-2, 1 Kāṡ. ;
(once akārashīt BhP. I, 10, 1);
Pass. aor. reflex. akāri andﾠ akṛita (Pāṇ. 3-1, 62 Kāṡ.):
Inf. kártum, Ved. kártave, kártavaí, kártos ( seeﾠ ss.vv.);
ind. p. kṛitvā́, Ved. kṛitvī́ < RV. > andﾠ kṛitvā́ya TS. IV, V ;
to do, make, perform, accomplish, cause, effect, prepare, undertake RV. etc.;
to do anything for the advantage orﾠ injury of another (gen. orﾠ loc.) MBh. R. etc.;
to execute, carry out (as an order orﾠ command) ib. ;
to manufacture, prepare, work at, elaborate, build ib. ;
to form orﾠ construct one thing out of another (abl. orﾠ instr.) R. I, 2, 44 Hit. etc.. ;
to employ, use, make use of (instr.) ṠvetUp. Mn. X, 91 MBh. etc.. ;
to compose, describe R. I ;
to cultivate Yājñ. II, 158 (cf. Mn. X, 114);
to accomplish any period, bring to completion, spend
(e.g.. varshāṇidaṡacakruḥ, « they spent ten years» MBh. XV, 6 ;
kshaṇaṉkuru, « wait a moment» MBh. ;
cf. kritakshaṇa);
to place, put, lay, bring, lead, take hold of (acc. orﾠ loc. orﾠ instr. e.g.. ardháṉ-kṛi, to take to one's own side orﾠ party, cause to share in (gen.;
seeﾠ 2. ardhá);
haste orﾠ pāṇau-kṛi, to take by the hand, marry Pāṇ. 1-4, 77 ;
hṛidayena-kṛi, to place in one's heart, love Mṛicch. ;
hṛidi-kṛi, to take to heart, mind, think over, consider Rājat. V, 313 ;
manasi-kṛi id. R. II, 64, 8 Hcar. ;
to determine, purpose <ind. p. - sikṛitvā orﾠ - si-kṛitya> Pāṇ. 1-4, 75 ;
vaṡe-kṛi, to place in subjection, become master of Mn. II, 100);
to direct the thoughts, mind, etc. ( mánas RV. Mn. MBh. etc.. ;
orﾠ buddhim Nal. XXVI, 10 orﾠ matim MBh. R. orﾠ bhāvam < ib. >, etc.)
towards any object, turn the attention to, resolve upon, determine on
(loc. dat. inf., orﾠ a sentence with iti e.g.. māṡokemanaḥkṛithāḥ,
do not turn your mind to grief Nal. XIV, 22 ;
gamanāyamatiṉcakre, he resolved upon going R. I, 9, 55 ;
alābuṉsamutsrashṭuṉmanaṡcakre, he resolved to create a gourd MBh. III, 8844 ;
drashṭātavâ̱smî ̱timatiṉcakāra, he determined to seeﾠ him MBh. III, 12335);
to think of (acc.) R. I, 21, 14 ;
to make, render (with two acc. e.g.. ādityaṉkāshṭhāmakurvata, they made the sun their goal AitBr. IV, 7) RV. ṠBr. etc.;
to procure for another, bestow, grant (with gen. orﾠ loc.) RV. VS. ṠBr. etc.. ;
Ā. to procure for one's self, appropriate, assume ṠBr. BṛĀrUp. Mn. VII, 10 etc.. ;
to give aid, help any one to get anything (dat.) RV. VS. ;
to make liable to (dat.) RV. III, 41, 6 ṠBr. IV ;
to injure, violate (e.g.. kanyāṉ-kṛi, to violate a maiden) Mn. VIII, 367 and 369 ;
to appoint, institute ChUp. Mn. ;
to give an order, commission Mn. R. II, 2, 8 ;
to cause to get rid of, free from (abl. orﾠ - tas) Pāṇ. 5-4, 49 Kāṡ. ;
to begin (e.g.. cakreṡobhayitumpurīm, they began to adorn the city) R. II, 6, 10 ;
to proceed, act, put in practice VS. ṠBr. AitBr. etc.;
to worship, sacrifice RV. ṠBr. Mn. III, 210 ;
to make a sound ( svaram orﾠ ṡabdam) MBh. III, 11718 Pāṇ. 4-4, 34 Hit.),
utter, pronounce (often ifc. with the sounds phaṭ, phut, bhāṇ, váshaṭ, svadhā́, svā́hā, hiṉ), pronounce any formula (Mn. II, 74 and XI, 33) ;
(with numeral adverbs ending in dhā) to divide, separate orﾠ break up into parts (e.g.. dvidhā-kṛi, to divide into two parts, ind. p. dvidhākṛitvā orﾠ dvidhā-kṛitya orﾠ - kāram Pāṇ. 3-4, 62 ;
sahasradhā-kṛi, to break into a thousand pieces);
(with adverbs ending in vat) to make like orﾠ similar, consider equivalent (e.g.. rājyaṉtṛiṇa-vatkṛitvā, valuing the kingdom like a straw Vet.);
(with adverbs ending in sāt)
to reduce anything to, cause to become, make subject
( seeﾠ ātma-sāt, bhasma-sāt) Pāṇ. 5-4, 52ff. ;
The above senses of kṛi may be variously modified orﾠ almost infinitely extended according to the noun with which this root is connected, as in the following examples:
sakhyaṉ-kṛi, to contract friendship with;
pūjāṉ-kṛi, to honour;
rājyaṉ-kṛi, to reign;
snehaṉ-kṛi, to show affection;
ājñāṉ orﾠ nideṡaṉ orﾠ ṡāsanaṉ orﾠ kāmaṉ orﾠ yācanāṉ orﾠ vacaḥ orﾠ vacanaṉ orﾠ vākyaṉ-kṛi, to perform any one's command orﾠ wish orﾠ request etc.;
dharmaṉ-kṛi, to do one's duty Mn. VII, 136 ;
nakhāni-kṛi, « to clean one's nails» seeﾠ kṛita-nakha;
udakaṉ Mn. Yājñ. R. Daṡ. orﾠ salilaṉ R. I, 44, 49 kṛi, to offer a libation of Water to the dead;
to perform ablutions;
astrāṇi-kṛi, to practise the use of weapons MBh. III, 11824 ;
darduraṉ-kṛi, to breathe the flute Pāṇ. 4-4, 34 ;
daṇḍaṉ-kṛi, to inflict punishment etc. Vet. ;
kālaṉ-kṛi, to bring one's time to an end i.e. to die;
ciraṉ-kṛi, to be long in doing anything, delay;
manasā (for - si seeﾠ above) kṛi, to place in one's mind, think of, meditate MBh. ;
ṡirasā-kṛi, to place on one's the head;
mūrdhnā-kṛi, to place on one's head, obey, honour
Very rarely in Veda AV. XVIII, 2, 27,
but commonly in the Brāhmaṇas, Sūtras,
andﾠ especially in classical Sanskṛit the perf.
forms cakāra andﾠ cakre auxiliarily used to form the periphrastical perfect of verbs, especially of causatives e.g.. āsāṉcakre, « he sat down» ;
gamayā́ṉcakāra, « he caused to go» < seeﾠ Pāṇ. 3-1, 40 ;
in Veda some other forms of kṛi are used in a similar way, viz. pr. karoti ṠāṇkhṠr. ;
impf. akar MaitrS. and Kāṭh. ;
3. pl. akran MaitrS. and TBr. ;
Prec. kriyāt MaitrS. ( seeﾠ Pāṇ. 3-1, 42);
according to Pāṇ. 3-1, 41, alsoﾠ karotu with vid>
Caus. kārayati, - te,
to cause to act orﾠ do, cause another to perform, have anything made orﾠ done by another
(double acc. instr. andﾠ acc. < seeﾠ Pāṇ. 1-4, 53 >
e.g.. sabhāṉkāritavān, he caused an assembly to be made Hit. ;
rāja-darṡanaṉmāṉkāraya, cause me to have an audience of the king;
vāṇijyaṉkārayedvaiṡyam, he ought to cause the Vaiṡya to engage in trade Mn. VIII, 410 ;
naṡakshyāmikiṉcitkārayituṉtvayā, I shall not be able to have anything done by thee MBh. II, 6);
to cause to manufacture orﾠ form orﾠ cultivate Lāṭy. Yājñ. II, 158 MBh. etc.. ;
to cause to place orﾠ put, have anything placed, put upon, etc.
(e.g.. taṉcitrapaṭaṉvāsa-gṛihebhittāvakārayat,
he had the picture placed on the wall in his house Kathās. V, 30) Mn. VIII, 251. ;
Sometimes the Caus. of kṛi is used for the simple verb orﾠ without a causal signification
(e.g.. padaṉkārayati, he pronounces a word Pāṇ. 1-3, 71 Kāṡ. ;
mithyāk-, he pronounces wrongly ib. ;
kaikeyīmanurājānaṉkāraya, treat orﾠ deal with Kaikeyī as the king does R. II, 58, 16):
Desid. cíkīrshati (aor. 2. sg. acikīrshīs ṠBr. III), ep. alsoﾠ - te, to wish to make orﾠ do, intend to do, design, intend, begin, strive after AV. XII, 4, 19 ṠBr. KātyṠr. Mn. etc.. ;
to wish to sacrifice orﾠ worship AV. V, 8, 3:
Intens. 3. pl. karikrati (pr. p. kárikrat seeﾠ Naigh. II, 1 and Pāṇ. 7-4, 65),
to do repeatedly RV. AV. TS. ;
Class. carkarti orﾠ carikarti orﾠ carīkarti Pāṇ. 7-4, 92 Kāṡ.,
alsoﾠ carkarīti orﾠ carikarīti orﾠ carīkarīti orﾠ cekrīyate < ib. Sch. Vop. >;
+ cf. Hib. caraim, « I perform, execute» ;
ceard, « an art, trade, business, function» ;
sucridh, « easy» ;
Old Germ. karawan, « to prepare» ;
Mod. Germ. gar, « prepared (as food)» ;
Lat. creo, ceremonia;
κραίνω, κρόνος
2) cl. 3. P. p. cakrát (Pot. 2. sg. cakriyās;
aor. 1. sg. akārsham AV. VII, 7, 1 orﾠ akārisham RV. IV, 39, 6),
to make mention of, praise, speak highly of (gen.) RV. AV.:
Intens. (1. sg. carkarmi, 1. pl. carkirāma, 3. pl. carkiran;
Impv. 2. sg. carkṛitā́t andﾠ carkṛidhi;
aor. 3. sg. Ā. cárkṛishe) id. RV. AV. (cf. kārú, kīrí, kīrtí.)
3) to injure, etc. seeﾠ 2. kṛī
to make the sound kharaṭa Pāṇ. 5-4, 57 Kāṡ. ;
P. - karoti, to make straight ib.
-
95 pesare
1. v/t weighingredienti weigh out2. v/i weigh* * *pesare v.tr. to weigh, (fig.) to weigh (up): pesare un pacco, to weigh a parcel; pesare un bambino, to weigh a baby; pesare le merci, to weigh goods; ho pesato i pro e i contro di questa decisione, I have weighed (up) the pros and cons of this decision; pesare una persona, (fig.) to weigh up a person // pesare le parole, to weigh one's words: pesate le vostre parole!, think before you speak!◆ v. intr.1 to weigh: questo pacco pesa poco meno di mezzo chilo, this parcel weighs just under half a kilogram; quanto pesi?, how much do you weigh?; come pesa questa valigia!, gosh, this case is heavy!2 ( gravare) to rest, to weigh; (fig.) to weigh on: il ponte pesa su 10 pilastri, the bridge rests on 10 pillars; il carico pesa tutto sulla destra, the load has all its weight on the right; le responsabilità della famiglia pesano tutte su di lui, all the responsibility for the family weighs on his shoulders; il silenzio pesava sull'assemblea, a heavy silence hung over the meeting; le cipolle mi pesano sullo stomaco, I can't digest onions3 (fig.) (essere gravoso, spiacevole) to be a burden; to bother, to trouble: non ti pesa alzarti ogni giorno alle sei?, don't you find it a burden getting up at six o'clock every day?; quel che mi pesa è che dovrò andarci di nuovo, what bothers me is that I shall have to go there again; mi è pesato rinunciare a quella vacanza, it was a real sacrifice to give up that holiday4 (aver peso, importanza) to count, to be important.◘ pesarsi v.rifl. to weigh oneself.* * *[pe'sare]1. vtto weigh, (fig : valutare) to weigh (up)pesarsi — to weigh o.s.
1) (avere un peso) to weigh, (essere pesante) to be heavy, fig to carry weightpesare sulla coscienza/sullo stomaco — to lie heavy on one's conscience/on one's stomach
le ha sempre fatto pesare il fatto che viene da una famiglia povera — he has always made her aware of her humble origins
2)mi pesa partire — I don't want to leave3) (contare) to carry weight, countil suo parere pesa molto — his opinion counts for a lot o carries a lot of weight
* * *[pe'sare] 1.verbo transitivo to weigh2.verbo intransitivo (aus. avere, essere)1) to weighquanto pesi? — how much o what do you weigh?
pesare molto — to be very heavy, to weigh a lot
2) fig. (gravare)3) fig. (avere importanza) to carry weight3.* * *pesare/pe'sare/ [1]to weigh; pesare le parole to weigh one's words(aus. avere, essere)1 to weigh; quanto pesi? how much o what do you weigh? pesare molto to be very heavy, to weigh a lot2 fig. (gravare) la solitudine mi pesa loneliness weighs heavily on me; mi pesa andarmene I find it hard to leave; pesare sulla coscienza to weigh on one's conscience; su di lui pesa un sospetto a suspect hangs upon him4 fig. (avere importanza) to carry weight; pesare su to have a decisive influence in o on [ decisione]III pesarsi verbo pronominaleto weigh oneself. -
96 ἐπί
ἐπί prep. w. gen., dat., or acc.; s. the lit. on ἀνά, beg. (Hom.+). The basic idea is ‘upon’ (opp. ὑπό) Kühner-G. I 495; s. also Rob 600–605. (In the foll. classifications case use is presented seriatim; in earlier editions of this lexicon all sections, except 13, 17, and 18 [of time], were included under the general rubric ‘Place’.)① marker of location or surface, answering the question ‘where?’ on, upon, nearⓐ w. gen., marking a position on a surface ἐ. (τῆς) γῆς on (the) earth (cp. En 9:1; 98:1; ἐ. γῆς 25:6; PsSol 17:2) Mt 6:10, 19; 9:6; 23:9; Mk 6:47 al. (Ar. 12, 1; Just., A I, 54, 7 al.). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης on the sea (cp. Job 9:8; Dio Chrys. 10 [11], 129 βαδίζειν ἐ. τῆς θαλ.; Lucian, Philops. 13 βαδίζειν ἐφʼ ὕδατος, VH 2, 4; Artem. 3, 16 ἐ. τ. θαλάσσης περιπατεῖν; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 15 p. 5, 26ff relying on the testimony of Hesiod: Orion was given a gift [δωρεά] by the gods καὶ ἐ. κυμάτων πορεύεσθαι καὶ ἐ. τῆς γῆς) Mt 14:26; Mk 6:48f; J 6:19 (w. acc. P75; s. 4bβ below). ἐ. τῶν νεφελῶν on the clouds Mt 24:30; 26:64 (Da 7:13; cp. Philo, Praem. 8). ἐ. κλίνης 9:2; Lk 17:34. ἐ. τοῦ δώματος on the roof vs. 31; Mt 24:17; 10:27 foll. by pl. W. verbs: κάθημαι ἐ. τινος sit on someth. (Job 2:8; ἐ. τοῦ ἅρματος GrBar 6:2; cp. JosAs 27:1 ἐ. τοῦ ὀχήματος καθεζόμενος; Just., D. 90, 5 ἐ. λίθου καθεζόμενος) Mt 24:3; 27:19; Ac 8:28; Rv 6:16; 9:17 (the same prep. used in Rv w. κάθημαι and dat. s. bα below, and w. acc. cα). ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τινος stand on someth. Ac 21:40; Rv 10:5, 8 (Just., D. 86, 2 ἐστηρίχθαι). With parts of the body: ἐ. χειρῶν αἴρειν carry on (i.e. in/with) their hands Mt 4:6; Lk 4:11 (both Ps 90:12). ἐ. κεφαλῆς on the head (Hdt. 5, 12, 4) J 20:7; 1 Cor 11:10; Rv 12:1. ἐ. τοῦ μετώπου Rv 7:3; 9:4. ἐ. γυμνοῦ on the naked body Mk 14:51. Cp. use of ἐπί w. καθίζω and gen., and ἐπί w. κάθημαι and acc. Mt 19:28.—In a gener. and fig. sense Ac 21:23.ⓑ w. dat., gener. suggesting contiguity on, in, above.α. answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; Just., D. 105, 5 ἐ. τῷ σταυρῷ; Tat., 9:1 ἐ. τοῖς ὄρεσι; Ath. 20, 1 ἐ. τῷ μετώπῳ; Mel., P. 19, 131 ἐ. σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ) ἐ. πίνακι on a platter Mt 14:8, 11; Mk 6:25, 28. ἀνακλῖναι ἐ. τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ on the green grass 6:39. ἐ. τοῖς κραβάττοις vs. 55. ἐπέκειτο ἐπʼ αὐτῷ lay on it (or before it) J 11:38. καθήμενος ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ Rv 4:9 (cp. gen. w. καθ. 1a above, and acc. cα below) 5:13; 7:10 and oft. ἐφʼ ἵπποις λευκοῖς on white horses 19:14. ἐ. σανίσιν on planks Ac 27:44. ἐ. τῇ στοᾷ in the colonnade 3:11. τὰ ἐ. τοῖς οὐρανοῖς what is above (or in) the heavens Eph 1:10. ἐπʼ αὐτῷ above him, at his head Lk 23:38 (=Mt 27:37 ἐπάνω τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ).β. answering the question ‘whither?’ on, upon (Hom. et al.) w. verbs that indicate a direction: οἰκοδομεῖν ἐ. τινι build upon someth. Mt 16:18. ἐποικοδομεῖν Eph 2:20. ἐπιβάλλειν ἐπίβλημα ἐ. ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ put a patch on an old garment Mt 9:16. ἐπιπίπτειν ἐ. τινι Ac 8:16. ἐκάθισεν ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ he sat down on the throne GJs 11:1. λίθον ἐπʼ αὐτῇ βαλέτω J 8:7 v.l. (cp. 12a below).ⓒ w. acc., answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; LXX; JosAs 29:2 φορῶν ἐ. τὸν μηρὸν αὐτοῦ ῥομφαίαν; Just., D. 53, 1 ζυγὸν ἐ. αὐχένα μὴ ἔχων)α. on, over someth. καθεύδειν ἐ. τι sleep on someth. Mk 4:38. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τι sit on someth. Mt 19:28 (in the same vs. καθίζω w. gen., s. a above) J 12:15; Rv 4:4; 6:2; 11:16 al.; cp. Lk 21:35b; κεῖσθαι ἐ. τι lie upon someth. 2 Cor 3:15. κατακεῖσθαι Lk 5:25. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὸν αἰγιαλόν stand on the shore Mt 13:2; cp. Rv 14:1. ἑστῶτας ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν standing beside the sea 15:2. ἔστη ἐ. τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ παιδίου (the star) remained stationary over the head of the child GJs 21:3. σκηνοῦν ἐ. τινα spread a tent over someone Rv 7:15. ἐ. τὴν δεξιάν at the right hand 5:1. λίθος ἐ. λίθον stone upon stone Mt 24:2.β. ἐ. τὸ αὐτό at the same place, together (Ps.-X., Respublica Athen. [The Old Oligarch] 2, 2; Pla., Rep. 329a; SIG 736, 66 [92 B.C.]. In pap=‘in all’: PTebt 14, 20 [114 B.C.]; PFay 102, 6.—2 Km 2:13; En 100:2) εἶναι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό be together Lk 17:35; Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44. In 1 Cor 7:5 it is a euphemistic expr. for sexual union. κατοικεῖν ἐ. τὸ αὐτό live in the same place (Dt 25:5) Hm 5, 1, 4. Also w. verbs of motion (Sus 14 Theod.) συνέρχεσθαι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό come together to the same place 1 Cor 11:20; 14:23; cp. B 4:10 (Just., A I, 67, 3 συνέλευσις γίνεται). συνάγεσθαι (Phlegon of Tralles [Hadr.]: 257 Fgm. 36 III 9 Jac.; PsSol 2:2; TestJob 28:5 Jos., Bell. 2, 346) Mt 22:34; Ac 4:26 (Ps 2:2); 1 Cl 34:7. ἐ. τὸ αὐτὸ μίγνυσθαι be mixed together Hm 10, 3, 3. προσετίθει ἐ. τὸ αὐτό added to their number Ac 2:47.γ. at, by, near someone or someth. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τὸ τελώνιον sit at the tax-office Mt 9:9 (ἐ. τὰς ὡραίας πύλας GrBar prol. 2); Mk 2:14. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὴν θύραν stand at the door Rv 3:20. σὺ ἔστης ἐ. τὸ θυσιαστήριον you are standing (ἕστηκας deStrycker) as priest at the altar GJs 8:2. ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς among you 2 Th 1:10; cp. Ac 1:21.—Of pers., over whom someth. is done ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ ἐ. τινα speak the name of Jesus over someone Ac 19:13. ἐπικαλεῖν τὸ ὄνομά τινος ἐ. τινα=to claim someone for one’s own (Jer 14:9; 2 Ch 7:14; 2 Macc 8:15) Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12); Js 2:7; Hs 8, 6, 4. προσεύχεσθαι ἐ. τινα pray over someone Js 5:14.② marker of presence or occurrence near an object or area, at, nearⓐ w. gen., of immediate proximity to things at, near (Hdt. 7, 115; X., An. 4, 3, 28 al.; LXX, Just.) ἐ. τ. θυρῶν at the gates (Plut., C. Gracch. 841 [14, 3]; PRyl 127, 8f [29 A.D.] κοιμωμένου μου ἐ. τῆς θύρας; 1 Macc 1:55; Just., D. 111, 4) Ac 5:23 (s. b below for dat. in 5:9). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης near the sea (Polyb. 1, 44, 4; Ex 14:2; Dt 1:40; 1 Macc 14:34) J 21:1. ἐ. τῆς ὁδοῦ by the road Mt 21:19. ἐσθίειν ἐ. τῆς πραπέζης τινός eat at someone’s table Lk 22:30 (cp. POxy 99, 14 [55 A.D.] τράπεζα, ἐφʼ ἧς Σαραπίων καὶ μέτοχοι; Da 11:27 LXX ἐ. μιᾶς τραπέζης). ἐ. τοῦ (τῆς) βάτου at the thornbush = in the passage about the thornbush (i.e. Ex 3:1ff) Mk 12:26; Lk 20:37.ⓑ with dat., of immediate proximity at, near by (Hom.+) ἦν ἔτι ἐ. τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου was still at the place, where J 11:30 v.l. (for ἐν; cp. Just., D. 402). ἐ. τῇ θύρᾳ (ἐ. θύραις) at the door (Hom. et al.; Wsd 19:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 90; Just., D. 32, 3) Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29; Ac 5:9 (s. a above). ἐ. τοῖς πυλῶσιν Rv 21:12. ἐ. τῇ πηγῇ J 4:6 (Jos., Ant. 5, 58 ἐ. τινι πηγῇ; Just., A I, 64, 1 ἐ. ταῖς … πηγαῖς). ἐ. τῇ προβατικῇ (sc. πύλῃ) near the sheepgate 5:2; cp. Ac 3:10. ἐ. τῷ ποταμῷ near the river (since Il. 7, 133; Jos., Ant. 4, 176 ἐ. τ. Ἰορδάνῳ) Rv 9:14.—Of pers. (Diod S 14, 113, 6; Just., A I, 40, 7) ἐφʼ ὑμῖν among you 2 Cor 7:7; cp. Ac 28:14 v.l.③ marker of involvement in an official proceeding, before, w. gen., of pers., esp. in the language of lawsuits (Pla., Leg. 12, 943d; Isaeus 5, 1 al.; UPZ 71, 15; 16 [152 B.C.]; POxy 38, 11; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 382, 23=BGU 909, 23; Jos., Vi. 258; Just., A II, 1, 1 ἐ. Οὐρβίκου). ἐ. τοῦ ἡγεμόνος in the governor’s presence Mt 28:14. ἐ. ἡγεμόνων καὶ βασιλέων Mk 13:9. ἐ. σου before you (the procurator) Ac 23:30. ἐ. Τερτούλλου Phlm subscr. v.l.; στάντος μου ἐ. τοῦ συνεδρίου Ac 24:20 (cp. Diod S 11, 55, 4 ἐ. τοῦ κοινοῦ συνεδρίου τ. Ἑλλήνων). γυναικὸς … διαβληθείσης ἐ. τοῦ κυρίου Papias (2:17). κρίνεσθαι ἐ. τῶν ἀδίκων go to law before the unrighteous 1 Cor 6:1. κριθήσεται ἐφʼ ὑμῶν before your tribunal D 11:11. μαρτυρεῖν ἐ. Ποντίου Πιλάτου testify before Pontius Pilate 1 Ti 6:13 (s. μαρτυρέω 1c). ἐ. τοῦ βήματος (POxy 37 I, 3 [49 A.D.]) ἑστὼς ἐ. τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρός εἰμι I am standing before Caesar’s tribunal Ac 25:10 (Appian says Prooem. c. 15 §62 of himself: δίκαις ἐν Ῥώμῃ συναγορεύσας ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων=I acted as attorney in lawsuits in Rome before the emperors).—Gener. in someone’s presence (Appian, Syr. 61 §324 ἐφʼ ὑμῶν=in your presence) ἐ. Τίτου before Titus 2 Cor 7:14. Cp.10 below.④ marker of movement to or contact w. a goal, toward, in direction of, onⓐ w. gen., marking contact with the goal that is reached, answering the question ‘whither?’ toward, on, at w. verbs of motion (Appian, Iber. 98 §427 ἀπέπλευσεν ἐπʼ οἴκου=he sailed [toward] home; PGM 4, 2468f ἀναβὰς ἐ. δώματος; JosAs 27:1 ἀνέδραμε … ἐ. πέτρας; Jos., Ant. 4, 91 ἔφευγον ἐ. τ. πόλεων; Tat. 33:3 Εὐρώπην ἐ. τοῦ ταύρου καθιδρύσαντος) βάλλειν τὸν σπόρον ἐ. τῆς γῆς Mk 4:26; also σπείρειν vs. 31. πίπτειν (Wsd 18:23; TestAbr A 3 p. 80, 11 [Stone p. 8]; JosAs 9:1) 9:20; 14:35. καθιέναι Ac 10:11. τιθέναι (Sir 17:4) Lk 8:16; J 19:19; Ac 5:15. ἔρχεσθαι Hb 6:7; Rv 3:10; γίνεσθαι ἐ. reach, be at J 6:21. γενόμενος ἐ. τοῦ τόπου when he reached the place Lk 22:40. καθίζειν take one’s seat ἐ. θρόνου (JosAs 7:1 al.) Mt 19:28 (s. 1a end); 23:2; 25:31; J 19:13 (ἐ. βήματος of Pilate as Jos., Bell. 2, 172; of Jesus Just., A I, 35, 6). κρεμαννύναι ἐ. ξύλου hang on a tree (i.e. cross) (Gen 40:19; cp. Just., D. 86, 6 σταυρωθῆναι ἐ. τοῦ ξύλου) Ac 5:30; 10:39; cp. Gal 3:13 (Dt 21:23).ⓑ w. acc.α. specifying direction (En 24:2 ἐ. νότον ‘southward’ of position of the mountain) of motion that takes a particular direction, to, toward ἐκτείνας τ. χεῖρα ἐ. τοὺς μαθητάς Mt 12:49; cp. Lk 22:53 (JosAs 12:8). πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὸ ἀπολωλός go after the one that is lost 15:4. ἐ. τὴν ῏Ασσον in the direction of Assos Ac 20:13. ἐπιστρέφειν ἐ. τι turn to someth. 2 Pt 2:22 (cp. Pr 26:11; En 99:5). ὡς ἐ. λῃστήν as if against a robber Mt 26:55; Mk 14:48; Lk 22:52.β. from one point to another across, over w. motion implied (Hom.+; LXX) περιπατεῖν, ἐλθεῖν ἐ. τ. θάλασσαν or ἐ. τ. ὕδατα Mt 14:25, 28f; J 6:19 P75. Of spreading across the land (PsSol 17:10): famine Ac 7:11; 11:28; darkness Mt 27:45; Lk 23:44. ἐ. σταδίους δώδεκα χιλιάδων across twelve thousand stades Rv 21:16 v.l. (Polyaenus 5, 44, 4 ἐ. στάδια δέκα); ἐ. πλεῖον further (1 Esdr 2:24; 2 Macc 10:27) Ac 4:17.γ. of goal attained (Hom. et al.; LXX) on, upon someone or someth. πέσατε ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς Lk 23:30 (Hos 10:8). ἔπεσεν ἐ. τὰ πετρώδη Mt 13:5; cp. Lk 13:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τινα come upon someone Mt 3:16; also καταβαίνειν fr. above J 1:33; cp. Rv 16:21. ἀναβαίνειν (Jos., Ant. 13, 138; Just., A II, 12, 7) Lk 5:19. ἐπιβαίνειν Mt 21:5 (Zech 9:9).—Ac 2:3; 9:4 al.; διασωθῆναι ἐ. τ. γῆν be brought safely to the land 27:44; cp. vs. 43; Lk 8:27. ἐ. τὸ πλοῖον to the ship Ac 20:13. ἀναπεσεῖν ἐ. τὴν γῆν lie down or sit down on the ground Mt 15:35. ἔρριψεν αὐτὸν χαμαὶ ἐ. τὸν σάκκον he threw himself down on the sackcloth GJs 13:1. τιθέναι τι ἐ. τι put someth. on someth. (JosAs 16:11) Mt 5:15; Lk 11:33; Mk 8:25 v.l.; likew. ἐπιτιθέναι (JosAs 29:5) Mt 23:4; Mk 8:25; Lk 15:5; J 9:6, 15; Ac 15:10. ἐπιβάλλειν τ. χεῖρας ἐ. τινα (Gen 22:12 al.) Mt 26:50; Lk 21:12; Ac 5:18. Mainly after verbs of placing, laying, putting, bringing, etc. on, to: ἀναβιβάζω, ἀναφέρω, βάλλω, γράφω, δίδωμι, ἐγγίζω, ἐπιβιβάζω, ἐπιγράφω, ἐποικοδομέω, ἐπιρ(ρ)ίπτω, θεμελιόω, ἵστημι, κατάγω, οἰκοδομέω, σωρεύω; s. these entries. Sim. βρέχειν ἐ. τινα cause rain to fall upon someone Mt 5:45 (cp. PsSol 17:18); also τ. ἥλιον ἀνατέλλειν ἐ. τινα cause the sun to rise so that its rays fall upon someone *ibid. τύπτειν τινὰ ἐ. τὴν σιαγόνα strike on the cheek Lk 6:29. πίπτειν ἐ. (τὸ) πρόσωπον (Jdth 14:6) on the face Mt 17:6; 26:39; Lk 5:12; 17:16; 1 Cor 14:25; Rv 7:11.—To, upon w. acc. of thing πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὴν ὁδόν go to the road Ac 8:26; cp. 9:11. ἐ. τὰς διεξόδους Mt 22:9. ἵνα μὴ πνέῃ ἄνεμος ἐ. πᾶν δένδρον so that no wind should blow upon any tree Rv 7:1.δ. of closeness to someth. or someone to, up to, in the neighborhood of, on ἐ. τὸ μνημεῖον up to the tomb Mk 16:2; Lk 24:1 v.l., 22, 24; cp. ἐ. τὸ μνῆμα Mk 16:2 v.l.; Lk 24:1. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τι ὕδωρ come to some water Ac 8:36. ἐ. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν to the iron gate 12:10. καταβαίνειν ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν go down to the sea J 6:16. ἐ. τὸν Ἰορδάνην Mt 3:13 (Just., D. 88, 3 al.). ἀναπίπτειν ἐ. τὸ στῆθος he leaned back on (Jesus’) breast J 13:25; 21:20. πίπτειν ἐ. τοὺς πόδας fall at (someone’s) feet Ac 10:25 (JosAs 14:10 ἔπεσεν ἐ πρόσωπον ἐ. τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ). ἐ. τ. ἀκάνθας among the thorns Mt 13:7.—W. acc. of pers. to someone ἐ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐλθόντες they came to Jesus J 19:33; cp. Mt 27:27; Mk 5:21.ε. in imagery of goal or objective to, toward (Just., A II, 7, 6 ἐπʼ ἀμφότερα τρέπεσθαι) ἐπιστρέφειν, ἐπιστρέφεσθαι ἐ. τινα turn to (Dt 30:10; 31:20 al.; Ar. 2, 1 ἔλθωμεν καὶ ἐ. τὸ ἀνθρώπινον γένος ‘let us now turn to …’; Just., D. 56, 11 ἐ. τὰς γραφὰς ἐπανελθών) Lk 1:17; Ac 9:35; 11:21; 14:15; 26:20; Gal 4:9; 1 Pt 2:25.⑤ marker of manner, corresponding to an adv., w. dat. (Aeschyl., Suppl. 628 ἐπʼ ἀληθείᾳ; UPZ 162 VI, 3 [117 B.C.] κακοτρόπως καὶ ἐ. ῥαδιουργίᾳ; POxy 237 VI, 21 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; ἐφʼ ὁράσει En 14:8; Just., A I, 9, 3 ἐφʼ ὕβρει; 55, 7 ἐ. τούτῳ τῷ σχήματι ‘in this form’; Tat. 17, 1 ἐπʼ ἀκριβείᾳ; Ath. 33, 2 ἐφʼ ἑνὶ γάμῳ) ὁ σπείρων ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις (in contrast to ὁ σπείρων φειδομένως one who sows sparingly) one who sows in blessing (i.e. generously) 2 Cor 9:6. ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις θερίζειν reap generously ibid.⑥ marker of basis for a state of being, action, or result, on, w. dat. (Hom. et al.)ⓐ ἐπʼ ἄρτῳ ζῆν live on bread Mt 4:4; Lk 4:4 (both Dt 8:3. cp. Ps.-Pla., Alcib. 1, 105c; Plut., Mor. 526d; Alciphron 3, 7, 5; SibOr 4, 154). ἐ. τῷ ῥήματί σου depending on your word Lk 5:5. οὐ συνῆκαν ἐ. τοῖς ἄρτοις they did not arrive at an understanding (of it) (by reflecting) on (the miracle of) the loaves Mk 6:52 (cp. Demosth. 18, 121 τί σαυτὸν οὐκ ἐλλεβορίζεις ἐ. τούτοις [sc. λόγοις];=why do you not come to an understanding concerning these words?). ἐ. τῇ πίστει on the basis of faith Ac 3:16; Phil 3:9. ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι on the basis of hope, supporting itself on hope Ac 2:26 (? s. ἐλπίς 1bα); Ro 4:18; 8:20; 1 Cor 9:10; Tit 1:2.—Ac 26:6 ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι gives the basis of the trial at law, as does ἐ. εὐεργεσίᾳ 4:9. ἀπολύειν τ. γυναῖκα ἐ. πορνείᾳ Mt 19:9 (cp. Dio Chrys. 26 [43], 10 ἀπολύειν ἐπʼ ἀργυρίῳ; Ath. 2, 3 κρίνεσθαι … μὴ ἐ. τῷ ὀνόματι, ἐ. δὲ τῷ ἀδικήματι). γυναικὸς ἐ. πόλλαις ἁμαρτίαις διαβληθείσης Papias (2:17). On the basis of the testimony of two witnesses (cp. Appian, Iber. 79 §343 ἤλεγχον ἐ. μάρτυσι) Hb 10:28 (Dt 17:6); sim. use of ἐ. τινί on the basis of someth.: 8:6; 9:10, 15 (here it may also be taken in the temporal sense; s. 18 below), 17. ἁμαρτάνειν ἐ. τῷ ὁμοιώματι τ. παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ Ro 5:14 (ὁμοίωμα 1). δαπανᾶν ἐ. τινι pay the expenses for someone Ac 21:24. ἀρκεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι be content w. someth. 3J 10.ⓑ w. verbs of believing, hoping, trusting: πεποιθέναι (Wsd 3:9; Sus 35; 1 Macc 10:71; 2 Macc 7:40 and oft.) Lk 11:22; 18:9; 2 Cor 1:9; Hb 2:13 (2 Km 22:3). πιστεύειν Lk 24:25; Ro 9:33; 10:11; 1 Pt 2:6 (the last three Is 28:16). ἐλπίζειν (2 Macc 2:18; Sir 34:7) Ro 15:12 (Is 11:10); 1 Ti 4:10; 6:17; cp. 1J 3:3. παρρησιάζεσθαι Ac 14:3.ⓒ after verbs which express feelings, opinions, etc.: at, because of, from, with (Hom. et al.) διαταράσσεσθαι Lk 1:29. ἐκθαυμάζειν Mk 12:17. ἐκπλήσσεσθαι Mt 7:28; Mk 1:22; Lk 4:32; Ac 13:12. ἐξίστασθαι (Jdth 11:16; Wsd 5:2 al.) Lk 2:47. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι (Is 1:29) Ro 6:21. εὐφραίνεσθαι (Sir 16:1; 18:32; 1 Macc 11:44) Rv 18:20. θαμβεῖσθαι Mk 10:24; cp. Lk 5:9; Ac 3:10. θαυμάζειν (Lev 26:32; Jdth 10:7 al.; Jos., Ant. 10, 277) Mk 12:17 v.l. μακροθυμεῖν (Sir 18:11; 29:8; 35:19) Mt 18:26, 29; Lk 18:7; Js 5:7. μετανοεῖν (Plut., Ag. 803 [19, 5]; Ps.-Lucian, Salt. 84; Prayer of Manasseh [=Odes 12] 7; Just., A I, 61, 10; D. 95, 3 al.) 2 Cor 12:21. ὀδυνᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 6:15) Ac 20:38. ὀργίζεσθαι Rv 12:17. σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 14:14; Lk 7:13. συλλυπεῖσθαι Mk 3:5. στυγνάζειν 10:22. χαίρειν (PEleph 13, 3; Jos., Ant. 1, 294; Tob 13:15; Bar 4:33; JosAs 4:2; Ar. 15, 7) Mt 18:13; Lk 1:14; 13:17; Ro 16:19 al. χαρὰν καὶ παράκλησιν ἔχειν Phlm 7. χαρὰ ἔσται Lk 15:7; cp. vs. 10 (Jos., Ant. 6, 116 ἡ ἐ. τῇ νίκῃ χαρά). Also w. verbs that denote aroused feelings παραζηλοῦν and παροργίζειν make jealous and angry at Ro 10:19 (Dt 32:21). παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 3:7a (cp. Just., D. 78:8 παράκλησιν ἐχουσῶν ἐ.), as well as those verbs that denote an expression of the emotions ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 13:15; Ps 69:5) Lk 1:47; Hs 8, 1, 18; 9, 24, 2. καυχᾶσθαι (Diod S 16, 70; Sir 30:2) Ro 5:2. κοπετὸν ποιεῖν (cp. 3 Macc 4:3) Ac 8:2. ὀλολύζειν Js 5:1. αἰνεῖν (cp. X., An. 3, 1, 45 al.) Lk 2:20. δοξάζειν (Polyb. 6, 53, 10; cp. Diod S 17, 21, 4 δόξα ἐ. ἀνδρείᾳ=fame because of bravery) Ac 4:21; 2 Cor 9:13. εὐχαριστεῖν give thanks for someth. (s. εὐχαριστέω 2; UPZ 59, 10 [168 B.C.] ἐ. τῷ ἐρρῶσθαί σε τ. θεοῖς εὐχαρίστουν) 1 Cor 1:4; cp. 2 Cor 9:15; 1 Th 3:9.—ἐφʼ ᾧ = ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὅτι for this reason that, because (Diod S 19, 98; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 112 §520; Ael. Aristid. 53 p. 640 D.; Synes., Ep. 73 p. 221c; Damasc., Vi. Isid. 154; Syntipas p. 12, 9; 127, 8; Thomas Mag. ἐφʼ ᾧ ἀντὶ τοῦ διότι; cp. W-S. §24, 5b and 12f. S. WKümmel, D. Bild des Menschen im NT ’48, 36–40) Ro 5:12 (SLyonnet, Biblica 36, ’55, 436–56 [denies a causal sense here]. On the probability of commercial idiom s. FDanker, FGingrich Festschr. ’72, 104f, also Ro 5:12, Sin under Law: NTS 14, ’68, 424–39; against him SPorter, TynBull 41, ’90, 3–30, also NTS 39, ’93, 321–33; difft. JFitzmyer, Anchor Bible Comm.: Romans, ad loc. ‘w. the result that all have sinned’); 2 Cor 5:4; Phil 3:12; for, indeed 4:10.⑦ marker of addition to what is already in existence, to, in addition to. W. dat. (Hom. et al.; PEleph 5, 17 [284/283 B.C.] μηνὸς Τῦβι τρίτῃ ἐπʼ εἰκάδι; Tob 2:14; Sir 3:27; 5:5) προσέθηκεν τοῦτο ἐ. πᾶσιν he added this to everything else Lk 3:20 (cp. Lucian, Luct. [On Funerals], 24). ἐ. τ. παρακλήσει ἡμῶν in addition to our comfort 2 Cor 7:13. λύπη ἐ. λύπῃ grief upon grief Phil 2:27 v.l. (cp. Soph., Oed. C. 544, also Polyb. 1, 57, 1 πληγὴ ἐ. πληγῇ; Plut., Mor. 123f; Polyaenus 5, 52 ἐ. φόνῳ φόνον; Quint. Smyrn. 5, 602 ἐ. πένθει πένθος=sorrow upon sorrow; Sir 26:15). ἐ. τῇ σῇ εὐχαριστίᾳ to your prayer of thanks 1 Cor 14:16. So perh. also Hb 8:1. ἐ. πᾶσι τούτοις to all these Col 3:14; Lk 16:26 v.l. (X., Mem. 1, 2, 25 al.; Sir 37:15; cp. 1 Macc 10:42; Just., D. 133, 1 ἐ. τούτοις πᾶσι).—W. acc.: addition to someth. of the same kind Mt 6:27; Lk 12:25; Rv 22:18a. λύπην ἐ. λύπην sorrow upon sorrow Phil 2:27 (cp. Is 28:10, 13; Ezk 7:26; Ps 68:28).⑧ marker of perspective, in consideration of, in regard to, on the basis of, concerning, about, w. gen. (Antig. Car. 164 ἐ. τῶν οἴνων ἀλλοιοῦσθαι; 4 Macc. 2:9 ἐ. τῶν ἑτέρων … ἔστιν ἐπιγνῶναι τοῦτο, ὅτι …; Ath. 29, 2 τὰ ἐ. τῆς μανίας πάθη) ἐ. δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων on the evidence of two or three witnesses 1 Ti 5:19 (cp. TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 22ff. [Stone p. 32]). Sim. in the expr. ἐ. στόματος δύο μαρτύρων (Dt 19:15) Mt 18:16; 2 Cor 13:1. ἐπʼ αὐτῆς on the basis of it Hb 7:11. ἐπʼ ἀληθείας based on truth = in accordance w. truth, truly (Demosth. 18, 17 ἐπʼ ἀληθείας οὐδεμιᾶς εἰρημένα; POxy 255, 16 [48 A.D.]; Da 2:8; Tob 8:7; En 104:11) Mk 12:14, 32; Lk 4:25; 20:21; Ac 4:27. ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ based on himself = to or by himself (X., An. 2, 4, 10; Demosth. 18, 224 ἐκρίνετο ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verb. 16 ἐ. σεαυτοῦ. Cp. Kühner-G. I 498e) 2 Cor 10:7.—To introduce the object which is to be discussed or acted upon λέγειν ἐ. τινος speak of, about someth. (Pla., Charm., 155d, Leg. 2, 662d; Isocr. 6, 41; Aelian, VH 1, 30; Jer 35:8; EpArist 162; 170; Ath. 5:1 ἐ. τοῦ νοητοῦ … δογματίζειν) Gal 3:16. Do someth. on, in the case of (cp. 1 Esdr 1:22) σημεῖα ποιεῖν ἐ. τῶν ἀσθενούντων work miracles on the sick J 6:2.—On B 13:6 s. τίθημι 1bζ.—In ref. to someth. (Aristot., Pol. 1280a, 17; 4 Macc 12:5 τῶν ἐ. τῆς βασιλείας … πραγμάτων; Just., A I, 5, 1 ἐφʼ ἡμῶν ‘in our case’, D. 131, 4; Ath. 15, 3 ἐ. τῆς ὕλης καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ‘as respects God and matter, so …’) ἐ. τινων δεῖ ἐγκρατεύεσθαι in certain matters one must practice self-control Hm 8:1. οὔτε … οἴδασι τὸν ἐ. τοῦ πυροῦ σπόρον nor do they comprehend (the figurative sense of) the sowing of wheat AcPlCor 2:26 (cp. 1 Cor 15:36f).⑨ marker of power, authority, control of or over someone or someth., overⓐ w. gen. (Hdt. 5, 109 al.; Mitt-Wilck. I/1, 124, 1=BGU 1120, 1 [5 B.C.] πρωτάρχῳ ἐ. τοῦ κριτηρίου; 287, 1; LXX; AscIs 2:5 τοῦ ἐ. τῶν πραγματε[ι] ῶν=Denis p. 109) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινος (Judg 9:8, 10; 1 Km 8:7) Rv 5:10. ἔχειν βασιλείαν ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων 17:18. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τινος have power over someone 20:6. διδόναι ἐξουσίαν ἐ. τινος 2:26. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινος set someone over, put someone in charge, of someth. or someone (Pla., Rep. 5, 460b; Demosth. 18, 118; Gen 39:4f; 1 Macc 6:14; 10:37; 2 Macc 12:20 al.; EpArist 281; τεταγμένος En 20:5) Mt 24:45; Lk 12:42; Ac 6:3. εἶναι ἐ. τινος (Synes., Ep. 79 p. 224d; Tob 1:22; Jdth 14:13; 1 Macc 10:69) ὸ̔ς ἦν ἐ. πάσης τῆς γάζης αὐτῆς who was in charge of all her treasure 8:27. Of God ὁ ὢν ἐ. πάντων (Apollonius of Tyana [I A.D.] in Eus., PE 4, 13) Ro 9:5; cp. Eph 4:6. ὁ ἐ. τινος w. ὤν to be supplied (Demosth. 18, 247 al.; Diod S 13, 47, 6; Plut., Pyrrh. 385 [5, 7], Aemil. Paul. 267 [23, 6]; PTebt 5, 88 [118 B.C.] ὁ ἐ. τ. προσόδων; 1 Macc 6:28; 2 Macc 3:7; 3 Macc 6:30 al.; EpArist 110; 174) ὁ ἐ. τοῦ κοιτῶνος the chamberlain Ac 12:20.ⓑ w dat. (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 5; 2, 4, 25 al., An. 4, 1, 13; Demosth. 19, 113; Aeschines 2, 73; Esth 8:12e; Just., A II, 5, 2 ἀγγέλοις οὓς ἐ. τούτοις ἔταξε; cp. Ath. 24, 3; Ath. 6, 4 τὸν ἐ. τῇ κινήσει τοῦ σώματος λόγον) Mt 24:47; Lk 12:44.ⓒ w. acc. (X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Dionys. Byz. §56 θεῷ ἐ. πάντα δύναμις; LXX; PsSol 17:3, 32) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινα rule over someone (Gen 37:8; Judg 9:15 B al.) Lk 1:33; 19:14, 27; Ro 5:14. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινα set someone over someone (X., Cyr. 4, 5, 58) κριτὴν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς as judge over you Lk 12:14; ἡγούμενον ἐπʼ Αἴγυπτον Ac 7:10; cp. Hb 2:7 v.l. (Ps 8:7); 3:6; 10:21. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τι Rv 16:9. ἐξουσίαν διδόναι ἐ. τι (Sir 33:20) Lk 9:1; 10:19; Rv 6:8; cp. 22:14. φυλάσσειν φυλακὰς ἐ. τι Lk 2:8 (cp. En 100:5). ὑπεραίρεσθαι ἐ. τινα exalt oneself above someone 2 Th 2:4 (cp. Da 11:36); but here the mng. against is also poss. (s. 12b below). πιστὸς ἐ. τι faithful over someth. Mt 25:21, 23.⑩ marker of legal proceeding, before, w. acc. in the lang. of the law-courts ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἄγεσθαι be brought before governors and kings Mt 10:18; cp. Lk 21:12 (cp. BGU 22, 36 [114 A.D.] ἀξιῶ ἀκθῆναι [=ἀχθῆναι] τ. ἐνκαλουμένους ἐ. σὲ πρὸς δέουσαν ἐπέξοδον; Just., A II, 2, 12 ἐ. Οὔρβικον). ὑπάγεις ἐπʼ ἄρχοντα you are going before the magistrate Lk 12:58; cp. Ac 16:19. ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐ. τὸν Πιλᾶτον Lk 23:1. ἐ. τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς Ac 9:21. ἐ. Καίσαρα πορεύεσθαι come before the emperor 25:12. ἐ. τὰς συναγωγάς Lk 12:11. ἐ. τὸ βῆμα Ac 18:12. Cp. 3 above. Here the focus is on transfer to the judiciary.⑪ marker of purpose, goal, result, to, for, w. acc. (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 3 Jac. ἐ. κατοικίαν) ἐ. τὸ βάπτισμα for baptism=to have themselves baptized Mt 3:7 (cp. Just., A I, 61, 10 ἐ. τὸ λουτρόν; D. 56, 1 ἐ. τὴν … κρίσιν πεμφθεῖσι). ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην for (i.e. to see) this sight Lk 23:48 (sim. Hom. et al.; POxy 294, 18 [22 A.D.]; LXX; Tat. 23, 2 ἐ. τὴν θέαν). ἐ. τὸ συμφέρον to (our) advantage Hb 12:10 (cp. Tat. 6, 1; 34, 2 οὐκ ἐ. τι χρήσιμον ‘to no purpose’). ἐ. σφαγήν Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); cp. Mt 22:5; ἐ. τ. τελειότητα Hb 6:1. ἐ. τοῦτο for this (X., An. 2, 5, 22; Jos., Ant. 12, 23) Lk 4:43. ἐφʼ ὅ; for what (reason)? Mt 26:50 v.l. (s. ὅς 1bα and 1iβ). Cp. 16.⑫ marker of hostile opposition, againstⓐ w. dat. (Hom. et al.; 2 Macc 13:19; Sir 28:23 v.l.; fig. Ath. 22, 7 τοὺς ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς λόγους ‘counter-evidence’) Lk 12:52f (s. use of acc. b below); Ac 11:19. Cp. J 8:7 v.l. (1bβ above).ⓑ w. acc. (Hdt. 1, 71; X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Jos., Ant. 13, 331; LXX; En; TestJud 3:1 al.; JosAs 19:2; Just., D. 103, 7; Tat. 36, 2) ὥρμησαν ἐ. αὐτόν Ac 7:57. ἔρχεσθαι Lk 14:31. ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐ. γονεῖς Mt 10:21; Mk 13:12; cp. ἔθνος ἐ. ἔθνος Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8. ἐφʼ ἑαυτόν divided against himself Mt 12:26; Mk 3:24f, 26; Lk 11:17f; cp. J 13:18 (s. Ps 40:10); Ac 4:27; 13:50 al.—Lk 12:53 (4 times; the first and third occurrences w. the acc. are prob. influenced by usage in Mic 7:6; the use of the dat. Lk 12:52f [s. a above] w. a verb expressing a circumstance is in accord with older Gk. [Il. et al.], which prefers the acc. with verbs of motion in ref. to hostility). Cp. 15.⑬ marker of number or measure, w. acc. (Hdt. et. al.; LXX; GrBar 3:6) ἐ. τρίς (CIG 1122, 9; PHolm α18) three times Ac 10:16; 11:10. So also ἐ. πολύ more than once Hm 4, 1, 8. ἐ. πολύ (also written ἐπιπολύ) in a different sense to a great extent, carefully (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Lucian, D. Deor. 6, 2; 25, 2; 3 Macc 5:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 107) B 4:1. ἐ. πλεῖον to a greater extent, further (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Diod S 11, 60, 5 al.; prob. 2 Macc 12:36; TestGad 7:2; Ar. 4, 3; Ath. 7, 1 ἐ. το πλεῖστον) 2 Ti 3:9; 1 Cl 18:3 (Ps 50:4). ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον 2 Ti 3:13. ἐφʼ ὅσον to the degree that, in so far as (Diod S 1, 93, 2; Maximus Tyr. 11, 3c ἐφʼ ὅσον δύναται; Hierocles 14 p. 451) Mt 25:40, 45; B 4:11; 17:1; Ro 11:13.⑭ marker indicating the one to whom, for whom, or about whom someth. is done, to, on, aboutⓐ w. dat. πράσσειν τι ἐ. τινι do someth. to someone Ac 5:35 (thus Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 15 §51; cp. δρᾶν τι ἐ. τινι Hdt. 3, 14; Aelian, NA 11, 11); about γεγραμμένα ἐπʼ αὐτῷ J 12:16 (cp. Hdt. 1, 66). προφητεύειν ἐ. τινι Rv 10:11. μαρτυρεῖν bear witness about Hb 11:4; Rv 22:16. ἐ. σοὶ … φανερώσει κύριος τὸ λύτρον the Lord will reveal the salvation to you GJs 7:2.ⓑ w. acc.α. ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον the man on whom the miracle had been performed Ac 4:22 (cp. Just., D. 128, 1 κρίσεως γεγενημένης ἐ. Σόδομα). ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν λέγεται ταῦτα the one about whom this was said Hb 7:13 (cp. ἐ. πόρρω οὖσαν [γενεὰν] ἐγὼ λαλῶ En 1:2). γέγραπται ἐπʼ αὐτόν Mk 9:12f; cp. Ro 4:9; 1 Ti 1:18; βάλλειν κλῆρον ἐ. τι for someth. Mk 15:24; J 19:24 (Ps 21:19). ἀνέβη ὁ κλῆρος ἐ. Συμεών the lot came up in favor of Simeon GJs 24:4.β. of powers, conditions, etc., which come upon someone or under whose influence someone is: on, upon, to, over ἐγένετο ῥῆμα θεοῦ ἐ. Ἰωάννην the word of God came to John Lk 3:2 (cp. Jer 1:1). Of divine blessings (cp. En 1:8; ParJer 5:28) Mt 10:13; 12:28; Lk 10:6; 11:20; cp. 10:9; Ac 10:10. ἵνα ἐπισκηνώσῃ ἐπʼ ἐμὲ ἡ δύναμις τ. Χριστοῦ that the power of Christ may rest upon me 2 Cor 12:9. χάρις θεοῦ ἦν ἐπʼ αὐτό Lk 2:40. Various verbs are used in ref. to the Holy Spirit, either in pass. or act. role, in connection w. ἐ. τινα: ἐκχεῖν Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f); cp. 10:45; Tit 3:6. ἀποστέλλειν (ἐξαποστέλλειν v.l.) Lk 24:49. ἐπέρχεσθαι 1:35; Ac 1:8 (Just., D. 87, 3; cp. ἔρχεσθαι A I, 33, 6; D. 49, 7 ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἠλίου ἐ. τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐλθεῖν). ἐπιπίπτειν 10:44. καταβαίνειν Lk 3:22; J 1:33. τίθεσθαι Mt 12:18 (cp. Is 42:1). Also εἶναι Lk 2:25. μένειν J 1:32f. ἀναπαύεσθαι 1 Pt 4:14. Of unpleasant or startling experiences Lk 1:12, 65; 4:36; Ac 13:11; 19:17; Rv 11:11.—Lk 19:43; 21:35, cp. vs. 34; J 18:4; Eph 5:6; cp. Rv 3:3.—Ro 2:2, 9; 15:3 (Ps 68:10). Of the blood of the righteous, that comes over or upon the murderers Mt 23:35; 27:25; Ac 5:28. Of care, which one casts on someone else 1 Pt 5:7 (Ps 54:23).⑮ marker of feelings directed toward someone, in, on, for, toward, w. acc., after words that express belief, trust, hope: πιστεύειν ἐ. τινα, w. acc. (Wsd 12:2; Just., D. 16:4 al.) Ac 9:42; 11:17; 16:31; 22:19; Ro 4:24. πίστις Hb 6:1. πεποιθέναι (Is 58:14) Mt 27:43; 2 Th 3:4; 2 Cor 2:3. ἐλπίζειν (1 Ch 5:20; 2 Ch 13:18 al.; PsSol 9:10; 17:3; Just., D. 16:4 al.) 1 Pt 1:13; 1 Ti 5:5. After words that characterize an emotion or its expression: for κόπτεσθαι (Zech 12:10) Rv 1:7; 18:9. κλαίειν Lk 23:28; Rv 18:9 (cp. JosAs 15:9 χαρήσεται ἐ. σέ). σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 15:32; Mk 8:2; 9:22; Hm 4, 3, 5; Hs 9, 24, 2. χρηστός toward Lk 6:35. χρηστότης Ro 11:22; Eph 2:7; cp. Ro 9:23. Esp. also if the feelings or their expressions are of a hostile nature: toward, against (cp. λοιδορεῖν Just., D. 137, 2) ἀποτομία Ro 11:22. μαρτύριον Lk 9:5. μάρτυς ἐ. τ. ἐμὴν ψυχήν a witness against my soul (cp. Dssm., LO 258; 355 [LAE 304; 417]) 2 Cor 1:23. ἀσχημονεῖν 1 Cor 7:36. μοιχᾶσθαι Mk 10:11. τολμᾶν 2 Cor 10:2 (En 7:4). βρύχειν τ. ὀδόντας Ac 7:54. Cp. 12.⑯ marker of object or purpose, with dat. in ref. to someth. (Hom., Thu. et al.; SIG 888, 5 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; PTebt 44, 6 [114 B.C.] ὄντος μου ἐ. θεραπείᾳ ἐν τῷ Ἰσιείω; LXX; TestJob 3:5 ὁ ἐ. τῇ σωτηρίᾳ τῆς ἐμῆς ψυχῆς ἐλθών; Jos., Ant. 5, 101; Just., A I, 29, 1 ἐ. παίδων ἀναστροφῇ; D. 91, 4 ἐ. σωτηρίᾳ τῶν πιστευόντων) καλείν τινα ἐ. τινι call someone for someth. Gal 5:13 (on ἐπʼ ἐλευθερίᾳ cp. Demosth. 23, 124; [59], 32); ἐ. ἀκαθαρσίᾳ for impurity, i.e. so that we should be impure 1 Th 4:7. κτισθέντες ἐ. ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς for good deeds Eph 2:10. λογομαχεῖν ἐ. καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων for the ruin of those who hear 2 Ti 2:14 (cp. Eur., Hipp. 511; X., Mem. 2, 3, 19 ἐ. βλάβη; Hdt. 1, 68 ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου; Polyb. 27, 7, 13 and PGM 4, 2440 ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ=‘for good’). Cp. 11.⑰ marker in idiom of authorization, w. dat.: the formula ἐ. τῷ ὀνοματί τινος, in the name of someone, used w. many verbs (Just., D. 39, 6 w. γίνεσθαι, otherw. ἐ. ὀνόματος, e.g. A I, 61, 13; w. διὰ τοῦ ὀ. and in oaths κατὰ τοῦ ὀ. A II, 6, 6, D. 30, 3; 85, 2.—Ath. 23, 1 ἐ. ὀνόματι εἰδώλων.—ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι LXX; JosAs 9:1), focuses on the authorizing function of the one named in the gen. (cp. WHeitmüller [‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903, 13ff], ‘in connection with, or by the use of, i.e. naming, or calling out, or calling upon the name’ [88]): βαπτίζειν Ac 2:38. δέχεσθαί τινα Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48. διδάσκειν Ac 4:18; 5:28. δύναμιν ποιεῖν Mk 9:39. ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἔρχεσθαι Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν 24:47. λαλεῖν Ac 4:17; 5:40. Semantically divergent from the preceding, but formulaically analogous, is καλεῖν τινα ἐ. τῷ ὀν. τινος name someone after someone (2 Esdr 17:63) Lk 1:59.—ὄνομα 1dγג.—M-M.⑱ marker of temporal associations, in the time of, at, on, forⓐ w. gen., time within which an event or condition takes place (Hom.+) in the time of, under (kings or other rulers): in the time of Elisha Lk 4:27 (cp. Just., D. 46, 6 ἐ. Ἠλίου). ἐ. τῆς μετοικεσίας at the time of the exile Mt 1:11. Under=during the rule or administration of (Hes., Op. 111; Hdt. 6, 98 al.; OGI 90, 15; PAmh 43, 2 [173 B.C.]; UPZ 162 V, 5 [117 B.C.]; 1 Esdr 2:12; 1 Macc 13:42; 2 Macc 15:22; Jos., Ant. 12, 156 ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ὀ.) ἐ. Ἀβιαθὰρ ἀρχιερέως under, in the time of, Abiathar the high priest Mk 2:26. ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ἅννα καὶ Καιάφα Lk 3:2. ἐ. Κλαυδίου Ac 11:28 (Just., A I, 26, 2). ἐ. τῶν πατέρων in the time of the fathers 1 Cl 23:3. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν in the last days (Gen 49:1; Num 24:14; Mi 4:1; Jer 37:24; Da 10:14) 2 Pt 3:3; Hs 9, 12, 3; cp. Hb 1:2. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τοῦ χρόνου in the last time Jd 18. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τῶν χρόνων at the end of the times/ages 1 Pt 1:20. ἐ. τῶν προσευχῶν μου when I pray, in my prayers (cp. PTebt 58, 31 [111 B.C.] ἐ. τ. διαλόγου, ‘in the discussion’; 4 Macc 15:19 ἐ. τ. βασάνων ‘during the tortures’; Sir 37:29; 3 Macc 5:40; Demetr.: 722, Fgm. 1, 14 Jac. ἐ. τοῦ ἀρίστου; Synes., Ep. 121 p. 258c ἐ. τῶν κοινῶν ἱερῶν) Ro 1:10; Eph 1:16; 1 Th 1:2; Phlm 4.ⓑ w. dat., time at or during which (Hom. et al.; PTebt 5, 66 [118 B.C.]; PAmh 157; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 3 ἐ. χρόνοις Τίερίου) at, in, at the time of, during: ἐ. τοῖς νῦν χρόνοις in these present times 2 Cl 19:4. ἐ. τῇ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ at the time of the first covenant Hb 9:15. ἐ. συντελείᾳ τ. αἰώνων at the close of the age 9:26 (Tat. 13, 1 ἐ. ς. τοῦ κόσμου; cp. Sir 22:10 and PLond III, 954, 18 p. 154 [260 A.D.] ἐ. τέλει τ. χρόνου; POxy 275, 20 [66 A.D.] ἐ. συνκλεισμῷ τ. χρόνου; En 27:3 ἐπʼ ἐσχάτοις αἰώσιν). ἐ. τῇ θυσίᾳ at the time of, together with, the sacrifice Phil 2:17. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν at every remembrance of you Phil 1:3. ἐ. παροργισμῷ ὑμῶν during your wrath, i.e. while you are angry Eph 4:26. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ in all (our) distress 1 Th 3:7b. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει 2 Cor 1:4. ἐ. τούτῳ in the meanwhile J 4:27 (Lucian, Dial. Deor. 17, 2, cp. Philops. 14 p. 41; Syntipas p. 76, 2 ἐφʼ ἡμέραις ἑπτα; 74, 6).ⓒ w. acc.α. answering the question ‘when?’ on: ἐ. τὴν αὔριον (Sb 6011, 14 [I B.C.]; PRyl 441 ἐ. τὴν ἐπαύριον) (on) the next day Lk 10:35; Ac 4:5. ἐ. τὴν ὥραν τ. προσευχῆς at the hour of prayer 3:1 (Polyaenus 8, 17 ἐ. ὥραν ὡρισμένην).β. answering the qu. ‘how long?’ for, over a period of (Hom. et al.; Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 170, 8=BGU 1058, 9 [13 B.C.]; POxy 275, 9; 15 ἐ. τὸν ὅλον χρόνον; PTebt 381, 19 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον περίεστιν ἡ μήτηρ; LXX; En 106:15; TestJob 30:2 ἐ. ὥρας τρεῖς; TestJud 3:4; TestGad 5:11; Jos., Ant. 11, 2; Just., D. 142, 1 ἐ. ποσόν ‘for awhile’) ἐ. ἔτη τρία for three years (Phlegon: 257 Fgm. 36, 2, 1 Jac.) Lk 4:25. ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας for three days (Diod S 13, 19, 2; Arrian, Anab. 4, 9, 4; GDI 4706, 119 [Thera] ἐπʼ ἀμέρας τρεῖς) GPt 8:30 al. ἐ. ἡμέρας πλείους over a period of many days (Jos., Ant. 4, 277) Ac 13:31.—16:18 (ἐ. πολλὰς ἡμέρας as Appian, Liby. 29 §124; cp. Diod S 3, 16, 4); 17:2; 19:8, 10, 34; 27:20; Hb 11:30. ἐ. χρόνον for a while (cp. Il. 2, 299; Hdt. 9, 22, 1; Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1257; Jos., Vi. 2) Lk 18:4. ἐ. πλείονα χρόνον (Diod S 3, 16, 6; Hero Alex. I p. 344, 17) Ac 18:20. ἐφʼ ὅσον χρόνον as long as Ro 7:1; 1 Cor 7:39; Gal 4:1. Also ἐφʼ ὅσον as long as Mt 9:15; 2 Pt 1:13 (for other mngs. of ἐφʼ ὅσον s. above under 13). ἐφʼ ἱκανόν (sc. χρόνον) for a considerable time (EpArist 109) Ac 20:11. ἐ. χρόνον ἱκανόν Qua. ἐ. πολύ for a long time, throughout a long period of time (Thu. 1, 7; 1, 18, 1; 2, 16, 1 al.; Appian, Liby. 5 §21; Arrian, Cyneg. 23, 1; Lucian, Toxar. 20; Wsd 18:20; Sir 49:13; JosAs 19:3; Jos., Vi. 66: Just., A I, 65, 3) Ac 28:6. ἐ. πλεῖον the same (schol. on Pind., N. 7, 56b; PLille 3, 16 [III B.C.]; Jdth 13:1; Sir prol. l. 7; Jos., Ant. 18, 150) Ac 20:9; any longer (Lucian, D. Deor. 5, 3; Appian, Hann. 54 §227; 3 Macc 5:8; Wsd 8:12; Ath. 12, 3) Ac 24:4; 1 Cl 55:1. -
97 ראי
ראי, רָאָה(b. h.) ( to meet with, 1) to see. Ber.IX, 1 הרואֶה מקיםוכ׳ he who sees (comes to) a place Ib. 56b הרואה נהר בחלום he who sees a river in his dream. B. Bath.82a כל שרואה פני חמה, v. גֶּזַע. Gen. R. s. 56 רוֹאִים אתם … רואה do you see what I see? Ex. R. s. 3 אתה רואה ראייה אחתוכ׳ thou seest only one vision, but I see two; אתה רואה אותן באיןוכ׳ thou seest them come to Sinai and receive my Law, but I see B. Mets.73b רָאִיתָ שאינווכ׳ if thou observest that he does not conduct himself properly; a. v. fr.Snh.52a הֵנִרְאֶה מיוכ׳ (Ms. M. הֵא נראה) well, we shall see which, v. קָבַר. Sabb.150a לא יאמר … הנראה שתעמורוכ׳ one must not say to ones neighbor (on the Sabbath), well, we shall see (I am confident) that you will be with me in the evening (for business); Ab. Zar.7a (Tosaf. = הֲנִרְאֶה בעיניך, Nif. is it pleasing to thee?); Tosef.Sabb. XVII (XVIII), 11 נראה ed. Zuck. (Var. הנ׳). Sifré Num. 84 הנראה שתגיע עמנווכ׳ be sure to arrive with (meet) us at Ib. הנ׳ שתעמידניוכ׳ be sure to wake me up, for I ר׳ דם, ר׳ קרי to have an attack, be affected with. Yeb.76a לאר׳ קרי מימיו he never had a nightly pollution. Zab. I, 1 ר׳ אחת … ובשלישיר׳ שתים (sub. זיבה) if he felt one attack of gonorrhœa …, and on the third day he had two attacks. Ber.III, 6 רָאֲתָה נדה (sub. דם) felt menstruation. Ib. 26a ר׳ זיבה felt a flux; a. fr. 2) to reflect; to reason; to consider. B. Bath.83a רוֹאִין … כאילווכ׳ we consider the central vine-trees as if not existing. Erub.I, 5 רואין אותה … מתכת we consider it (the cross-piece of straw or reeds) as if it were of metal; עקימה רואיןוכ׳ if it is curved, we consider it as if it were straight. Gen. R. l. c. הוי רואה דמיווכ׳ look upon the blood of this ram, as if it were the blood of ; a. v. fr.מהר׳ what did he see?, what was the reason; in gen. why? B. Bath. 123a מהר׳ יעקב שנטלוכ׳ what reason had Jacob to take the birthright from Reuben? Pes.53b מה רָאוּ … שמסרווכ׳ what did Hananiah, Mishael and Azariah have in mind (how did they reason) when they were ready to give up their lives ? Sifré Deut. 307 מה ראו … שנשטפווכ׳ why were the men of the flood drowned ?; a. fr. 3) to see the reason of, to like, choose, prefer, approve of. Keth.XIII, 3, sq. רואה אני את רבריוכ׳ I like the opinion of Admon. Ib. 109a כל מקום שאמר … רואח אניוכ׳ wherever R. G. said, I like, that opinion is the adopted rule. Ab. II, 7 רואה אני … מדבריכם I prefer what El. … said to what you said; a. fr.Part. pass. רָאוּי; f. רְאוּיָה; pl. רְאוּיִים; רְאוּיִין; רְאוּיוֹת chosen, selected; designated, predestined; fit, worthy, adapted (v. חֲזִי). Bekh.59b, a. e. מנין הר׳, v. מִנְיָן. Ḥull.83b, a. fr. כל הר׳ לבילה whatever is capable of being mixed, v. בִּילָה. Nidd.VI, 4 כל הר׳ לדוןוכ׳ whoever is fit (authorized) to give judgment in a criminal court, is fit Sabb.89b ר׳ היה יעקבוכ׳ Jacob was destined to go down to Egypt in iron chains, but his merits were the cause (that no such force was used). Snh.107a ר׳ היתהוכ׳ Bathsheba … was predestined (as wife) for David, only he anticipated fate, v. פַּגָּה. Ber.4a ר׳ היו ישראל ליעשותוכ׳ it had been intended that a miracle be performed for the Israelites in Ezras days, as it has been in Joshuas time, but sin was the cause (that it was not done). Nidd.60a ר׳ לראות fit (old enough) to have menstruation; a. v. fr. Nif. נִרְאָה 1) to be seen, be visible; to appear; to seem. Gen. R. s. 48 נִרְאִין כאוכליןוכ׳ they had the appearance of eating, one course after the other being removed. Pesik. R. s. 21 בפנים הרבה נ׳ להםוכ׳ the Lord appeared to them at Sinai with various expressions of countenance. Pesik. Vayhi, p. 5a> קרסי זהב נראין … הנראיןוכ׳, v. קֶרֶס. Ḥag.2a; Snh.4b, a. e. (ref. to יראה, Ex. 23:17) יִרְאֶה יֵרָאֶה … לִרְאוֹת … לֵירָאוֹת you may read it yireh (he shall see, the Lord) or yeraëh (he shall be seen): as He comes to see, so does He come to be seen (i. e. he that is blind in one eye is exempt from visiting the Temple. Ḥag.5b הנראין ואינן רואין … הרואים יאינן נראין, v. קָבַל I, Hif.Pes.53a שנ׳ כמקדישוכ׳ it looks as if he dedicated his animal as a sacrifice, and were to eat sacred meat outside of the Temple. Ab. II, 3 נראין כאוהביןוכ׳ they appear to be friends as long as it profits them; a. v. fr. 2) to become fit, be fit. Yoma 64a, v. דָּחָה. Succ.33b נ׳ ונדחה חוזר ונ׳ what had been fit at one time of the Holy Day, and was discarded (on account of a temporary unfitness), may again become fit (for use on the same day); a. e. 3) to be liked, approved of; to appear reasonable. Ḥull.108b נ׳ דבריוכ׳ R. Judahs opinion is acceptable in the event that no stirring has taken place. Ib. 109a נ׳ דבריר׳ י׳ בהא … בהא R. Judahs opinion is acceptable in such a case, and that of the scholars in such a case. Ber.33b ר׳ חייא … נראין R. Ḥ. bar Abba reported Rabbi to have said nirin (it seems acceptable), contrad. to מטין a. מודים; Erub.46b; a. fr. Hif. הֶרְאָה to cause to see; to show. Pesik. Shek., p. 19a> (ref. to Ex. 30:13) כמין מטבע … והֶרְאֵהוּ למשהוכ׳ the Lord took a sort of a coin of fire from under his throne of glory and showed it to Moses, saying, ‘this they shall give, like this Ib. p. 18b> הקטנהה׳ לדודוכ׳ he (Joab) produced before David the smaller census, the larger he did not. Kidd.48b; B. Bath. 165a, a. e. מרְאֶה מקום הוא לו he merely indicated the place to him, v. קְפֵידָא. Ber.55b מראין לו חלום טוב is shown a good dream (vision), Ib. הֶרְאוּהוּ חלומווכ׳ was shown his own dream and the interpretation of his fellow prisoners dream. Ab. Zar.5a ה׳ לוהקב״ה לאדם דורוכ׳ the Lord allowed Adam to see each coming generation and its preachers Taan.10b אל תַּרְאוּ עצמכםוכ׳, v. שָׂבֵעַ I; a. v. fr.ה׳ פנים a) ( to show a ( friendly) face, to visit the mourner. Y.M. Kat. III, 82b מפני … להַרְאוֹתוכ׳ why is it recommended to visit the mourner (on the Sabbath, when no other mourning ceremonies are otherwise observed)? Ib. 83a bot. אין מראיןוכ׳ a mourner is not visited on New Years Day Gen. R. s. 100; a. e.b) to enlighten, convince by clear argument. Snh.93b (ref. to איש תאר, 1 Sam. 16:18) שמראה פנים בהלכה he makes faces shine when he argues; Num. R. s. 13; (Ruth R. to II, 1; Yalk. Sam. 125 שמאיר); a. e. Hof. הוּרְאָה to be shown. Y.M. Kat. III, 82c top אם הוּרְאוּ לו רוב פנים if most of the faces have been shown him, i. e. if the majority of comforters have been to see him (v. supra). Hithpa. הִתְרָאֶה to show ones self. Taan.10b שכח … אל יִתְרָאֶה בפני הצבור if he forgot and ate and drank (in a place where a fast is held), he must not show himself before the people. -
98 ראה
ראי, רָאָה(b. h.) ( to meet with, 1) to see. Ber.IX, 1 הרואֶה מקיםוכ׳ he who sees (comes to) a place Ib. 56b הרואה נהר בחלום he who sees a river in his dream. B. Bath.82a כל שרואה פני חמה, v. גֶּזַע. Gen. R. s. 56 רוֹאִים אתם … רואה do you see what I see? Ex. R. s. 3 אתה רואה ראייה אחתוכ׳ thou seest only one vision, but I see two; אתה רואה אותן באיןוכ׳ thou seest them come to Sinai and receive my Law, but I see B. Mets.73b רָאִיתָ שאינווכ׳ if thou observest that he does not conduct himself properly; a. v. fr.Snh.52a הֵנִרְאֶה מיוכ׳ (Ms. M. הֵא נראה) well, we shall see which, v. קָבַר. Sabb.150a לא יאמר … הנראה שתעמורוכ׳ one must not say to ones neighbor (on the Sabbath), well, we shall see (I am confident) that you will be with me in the evening (for business); Ab. Zar.7a (Tosaf. = הֲנִרְאֶה בעיניך, Nif. is it pleasing to thee?); Tosef.Sabb. XVII (XVIII), 11 נראה ed. Zuck. (Var. הנ׳). Sifré Num. 84 הנראה שתגיע עמנווכ׳ be sure to arrive with (meet) us at Ib. הנ׳ שתעמידניוכ׳ be sure to wake me up, for I ר׳ דם, ר׳ קרי to have an attack, be affected with. Yeb.76a לאר׳ קרי מימיו he never had a nightly pollution. Zab. I, 1 ר׳ אחת … ובשלישיר׳ שתים (sub. זיבה) if he felt one attack of gonorrhœa …, and on the third day he had two attacks. Ber.III, 6 רָאֲתָה נדה (sub. דם) felt menstruation. Ib. 26a ר׳ זיבה felt a flux; a. fr. 2) to reflect; to reason; to consider. B. Bath.83a רוֹאִין … כאילווכ׳ we consider the central vine-trees as if not existing. Erub.I, 5 רואין אותה … מתכת we consider it (the cross-piece of straw or reeds) as if it were of metal; עקימה רואיןוכ׳ if it is curved, we consider it as if it were straight. Gen. R. l. c. הוי רואה דמיווכ׳ look upon the blood of this ram, as if it were the blood of ; a. v. fr.מהר׳ what did he see?, what was the reason; in gen. why? B. Bath. 123a מהר׳ יעקב שנטלוכ׳ what reason had Jacob to take the birthright from Reuben? Pes.53b מה רָאוּ … שמסרווכ׳ what did Hananiah, Mishael and Azariah have in mind (how did they reason) when they were ready to give up their lives ? Sifré Deut. 307 מה ראו … שנשטפווכ׳ why were the men of the flood drowned ?; a. fr. 3) to see the reason of, to like, choose, prefer, approve of. Keth.XIII, 3, sq. רואה אני את רבריוכ׳ I like the opinion of Admon. Ib. 109a כל מקום שאמר … רואח אניוכ׳ wherever R. G. said, I like, that opinion is the adopted rule. Ab. II, 7 רואה אני … מדבריכם I prefer what El. … said to what you said; a. fr.Part. pass. רָאוּי; f. רְאוּיָה; pl. רְאוּיִים; רְאוּיִין; רְאוּיוֹת chosen, selected; designated, predestined; fit, worthy, adapted (v. חֲזִי). Bekh.59b, a. e. מנין הר׳, v. מִנְיָן. Ḥull.83b, a. fr. כל הר׳ לבילה whatever is capable of being mixed, v. בִּילָה. Nidd.VI, 4 כל הר׳ לדוןוכ׳ whoever is fit (authorized) to give judgment in a criminal court, is fit Sabb.89b ר׳ היה יעקבוכ׳ Jacob was destined to go down to Egypt in iron chains, but his merits were the cause (that no such force was used). Snh.107a ר׳ היתהוכ׳ Bathsheba … was predestined (as wife) for David, only he anticipated fate, v. פַּגָּה. Ber.4a ר׳ היו ישראל ליעשותוכ׳ it had been intended that a miracle be performed for the Israelites in Ezras days, as it has been in Joshuas time, but sin was the cause (that it was not done). Nidd.60a ר׳ לראות fit (old enough) to have menstruation; a. v. fr. Nif. נִרְאָה 1) to be seen, be visible; to appear; to seem. Gen. R. s. 48 נִרְאִין כאוכליןוכ׳ they had the appearance of eating, one course after the other being removed. Pesik. R. s. 21 בפנים הרבה נ׳ להםוכ׳ the Lord appeared to them at Sinai with various expressions of countenance. Pesik. Vayhi, p. 5a> קרסי זהב נראין … הנראיןוכ׳, v. קֶרֶס. Ḥag.2a; Snh.4b, a. e. (ref. to יראה, Ex. 23:17) יִרְאֶה יֵרָאֶה … לִרְאוֹת … לֵירָאוֹת you may read it yireh (he shall see, the Lord) or yeraëh (he shall be seen): as He comes to see, so does He come to be seen (i. e. he that is blind in one eye is exempt from visiting the Temple. Ḥag.5b הנראין ואינן רואין … הרואים יאינן נראין, v. קָבַל I, Hif.Pes.53a שנ׳ כמקדישוכ׳ it looks as if he dedicated his animal as a sacrifice, and were to eat sacred meat outside of the Temple. Ab. II, 3 נראין כאוהביןוכ׳ they appear to be friends as long as it profits them; a. v. fr. 2) to become fit, be fit. Yoma 64a, v. דָּחָה. Succ.33b נ׳ ונדחה חוזר ונ׳ what had been fit at one time of the Holy Day, and was discarded (on account of a temporary unfitness), may again become fit (for use on the same day); a. e. 3) to be liked, approved of; to appear reasonable. Ḥull.108b נ׳ דבריוכ׳ R. Judahs opinion is acceptable in the event that no stirring has taken place. Ib. 109a נ׳ דבריר׳ י׳ בהא … בהא R. Judahs opinion is acceptable in such a case, and that of the scholars in such a case. Ber.33b ר׳ חייא … נראין R. Ḥ. bar Abba reported Rabbi to have said nirin (it seems acceptable), contrad. to מטין a. מודים; Erub.46b; a. fr. Hif. הֶרְאָה to cause to see; to show. Pesik. Shek., p. 19a> (ref. to Ex. 30:13) כמין מטבע … והֶרְאֵהוּ למשהוכ׳ the Lord took a sort of a coin of fire from under his throne of glory and showed it to Moses, saying, ‘this they shall give, like this Ib. p. 18b> הקטנהה׳ לדודוכ׳ he (Joab) produced before David the smaller census, the larger he did not. Kidd.48b; B. Bath. 165a, a. e. מרְאֶה מקום הוא לו he merely indicated the place to him, v. קְפֵידָא. Ber.55b מראין לו חלום טוב is shown a good dream (vision), Ib. הֶרְאוּהוּ חלומווכ׳ was shown his own dream and the interpretation of his fellow prisoners dream. Ab. Zar.5a ה׳ לוהקב״ה לאדם דורוכ׳ the Lord allowed Adam to see each coming generation and its preachers Taan.10b אל תַּרְאוּ עצמכםוכ׳, v. שָׂבֵעַ I; a. v. fr.ה׳ פנים a) ( to show a ( friendly) face, to visit the mourner. Y.M. Kat. III, 82b מפני … להַרְאוֹתוכ׳ why is it recommended to visit the mourner (on the Sabbath, when no other mourning ceremonies are otherwise observed)? Ib. 83a bot. אין מראיןוכ׳ a mourner is not visited on New Years Day Gen. R. s. 100; a. e.b) to enlighten, convince by clear argument. Snh.93b (ref. to איש תאר, 1 Sam. 16:18) שמראה פנים בהלכה he makes faces shine when he argues; Num. R. s. 13; (Ruth R. to II, 1; Yalk. Sam. 125 שמאיר); a. e. Hof. הוּרְאָה to be shown. Y.M. Kat. III, 82c top אם הוּרְאוּ לו רוב פנים if most of the faces have been shown him, i. e. if the majority of comforters have been to see him (v. supra). Hithpa. הִתְרָאֶה to show ones self. Taan.10b שכח … אל יִתְרָאֶה בפני הצבור if he forgot and ate and drank (in a place where a fast is held), he must not show himself before the people. -
99 רָאָה
ראי, רָאָה(b. h.) ( to meet with, 1) to see. Ber.IX, 1 הרואֶה מקיםוכ׳ he who sees (comes to) a place Ib. 56b הרואה נהר בחלום he who sees a river in his dream. B. Bath.82a כל שרואה פני חמה, v. גֶּזַע. Gen. R. s. 56 רוֹאִים אתם … רואה do you see what I see? Ex. R. s. 3 אתה רואה ראייה אחתוכ׳ thou seest only one vision, but I see two; אתה רואה אותן באיןוכ׳ thou seest them come to Sinai and receive my Law, but I see B. Mets.73b רָאִיתָ שאינווכ׳ if thou observest that he does not conduct himself properly; a. v. fr.Snh.52a הֵנִרְאֶה מיוכ׳ (Ms. M. הֵא נראה) well, we shall see which, v. קָבַר. Sabb.150a לא יאמר … הנראה שתעמורוכ׳ one must not say to ones neighbor (on the Sabbath), well, we shall see (I am confident) that you will be with me in the evening (for business); Ab. Zar.7a (Tosaf. = הֲנִרְאֶה בעיניך, Nif. is it pleasing to thee?); Tosef.Sabb. XVII (XVIII), 11 נראה ed. Zuck. (Var. הנ׳). Sifré Num. 84 הנראה שתגיע עמנווכ׳ be sure to arrive with (meet) us at Ib. הנ׳ שתעמידניוכ׳ be sure to wake me up, for I ר׳ דם, ר׳ קרי to have an attack, be affected with. Yeb.76a לאר׳ קרי מימיו he never had a nightly pollution. Zab. I, 1 ר׳ אחת … ובשלישיר׳ שתים (sub. זיבה) if he felt one attack of gonorrhœa …, and on the third day he had two attacks. Ber.III, 6 רָאֲתָה נדה (sub. דם) felt menstruation. Ib. 26a ר׳ זיבה felt a flux; a. fr. 2) to reflect; to reason; to consider. B. Bath.83a רוֹאִין … כאילווכ׳ we consider the central vine-trees as if not existing. Erub.I, 5 רואין אותה … מתכת we consider it (the cross-piece of straw or reeds) as if it were of metal; עקימה רואיןוכ׳ if it is curved, we consider it as if it were straight. Gen. R. l. c. הוי רואה דמיווכ׳ look upon the blood of this ram, as if it were the blood of ; a. v. fr.מהר׳ what did he see?, what was the reason; in gen. why? B. Bath. 123a מהר׳ יעקב שנטלוכ׳ what reason had Jacob to take the birthright from Reuben? Pes.53b מה רָאוּ … שמסרווכ׳ what did Hananiah, Mishael and Azariah have in mind (how did they reason) when they were ready to give up their lives ? Sifré Deut. 307 מה ראו … שנשטפווכ׳ why were the men of the flood drowned ?; a. fr. 3) to see the reason of, to like, choose, prefer, approve of. Keth.XIII, 3, sq. רואה אני את רבריוכ׳ I like the opinion of Admon. Ib. 109a כל מקום שאמר … רואח אניוכ׳ wherever R. G. said, I like, that opinion is the adopted rule. Ab. II, 7 רואה אני … מדבריכם I prefer what El. … said to what you said; a. fr.Part. pass. רָאוּי; f. רְאוּיָה; pl. רְאוּיִים; רְאוּיִין; רְאוּיוֹת chosen, selected; designated, predestined; fit, worthy, adapted (v. חֲזִי). Bekh.59b, a. e. מנין הר׳, v. מִנְיָן. Ḥull.83b, a. fr. כל הר׳ לבילה whatever is capable of being mixed, v. בִּילָה. Nidd.VI, 4 כל הר׳ לדוןוכ׳ whoever is fit (authorized) to give judgment in a criminal court, is fit Sabb.89b ר׳ היה יעקבוכ׳ Jacob was destined to go down to Egypt in iron chains, but his merits were the cause (that no such force was used). Snh.107a ר׳ היתהוכ׳ Bathsheba … was predestined (as wife) for David, only he anticipated fate, v. פַּגָּה. Ber.4a ר׳ היו ישראל ליעשותוכ׳ it had been intended that a miracle be performed for the Israelites in Ezras days, as it has been in Joshuas time, but sin was the cause (that it was not done). Nidd.60a ר׳ לראות fit (old enough) to have menstruation; a. v. fr. Nif. נִרְאָה 1) to be seen, be visible; to appear; to seem. Gen. R. s. 48 נִרְאִין כאוכליןוכ׳ they had the appearance of eating, one course after the other being removed. Pesik. R. s. 21 בפנים הרבה נ׳ להםוכ׳ the Lord appeared to them at Sinai with various expressions of countenance. Pesik. Vayhi, p. 5a> קרסי זהב נראין … הנראיןוכ׳, v. קֶרֶס. Ḥag.2a; Snh.4b, a. e. (ref. to יראה, Ex. 23:17) יִרְאֶה יֵרָאֶה … לִרְאוֹת … לֵירָאוֹת you may read it yireh (he shall see, the Lord) or yeraëh (he shall be seen): as He comes to see, so does He come to be seen (i. e. he that is blind in one eye is exempt from visiting the Temple. Ḥag.5b הנראין ואינן רואין … הרואים יאינן נראין, v. קָבַל I, Hif.Pes.53a שנ׳ כמקדישוכ׳ it looks as if he dedicated his animal as a sacrifice, and were to eat sacred meat outside of the Temple. Ab. II, 3 נראין כאוהביןוכ׳ they appear to be friends as long as it profits them; a. v. fr. 2) to become fit, be fit. Yoma 64a, v. דָּחָה. Succ.33b נ׳ ונדחה חוזר ונ׳ what had been fit at one time of the Holy Day, and was discarded (on account of a temporary unfitness), may again become fit (for use on the same day); a. e. 3) to be liked, approved of; to appear reasonable. Ḥull.108b נ׳ דבריוכ׳ R. Judahs opinion is acceptable in the event that no stirring has taken place. Ib. 109a נ׳ דבריר׳ י׳ בהא … בהא R. Judahs opinion is acceptable in such a case, and that of the scholars in such a case. Ber.33b ר׳ חייא … נראין R. Ḥ. bar Abba reported Rabbi to have said nirin (it seems acceptable), contrad. to מטין a. מודים; Erub.46b; a. fr. Hif. הֶרְאָה to cause to see; to show. Pesik. Shek., p. 19a> (ref. to Ex. 30:13) כמין מטבע … והֶרְאֵהוּ למשהוכ׳ the Lord took a sort of a coin of fire from under his throne of glory and showed it to Moses, saying, ‘this they shall give, like this Ib. p. 18b> הקטנהה׳ לדודוכ׳ he (Joab) produced before David the smaller census, the larger he did not. Kidd.48b; B. Bath. 165a, a. e. מרְאֶה מקום הוא לו he merely indicated the place to him, v. קְפֵידָא. Ber.55b מראין לו חלום טוב is shown a good dream (vision), Ib. הֶרְאוּהוּ חלומווכ׳ was shown his own dream and the interpretation of his fellow prisoners dream. Ab. Zar.5a ה׳ לוהקב״ה לאדם דורוכ׳ the Lord allowed Adam to see each coming generation and its preachers Taan.10b אל תַּרְאוּ עצמכםוכ׳, v. שָׂבֵעַ I; a. v. fr.ה׳ פנים a) ( to show a ( friendly) face, to visit the mourner. Y.M. Kat. III, 82b מפני … להַרְאוֹתוכ׳ why is it recommended to visit the mourner (on the Sabbath, when no other mourning ceremonies are otherwise observed)? Ib. 83a bot. אין מראיןוכ׳ a mourner is not visited on New Years Day Gen. R. s. 100; a. e.b) to enlighten, convince by clear argument. Snh.93b (ref. to איש תאר, 1 Sam. 16:18) שמראה פנים בהלכה he makes faces shine when he argues; Num. R. s. 13; (Ruth R. to II, 1; Yalk. Sam. 125 שמאיר); a. e. Hof. הוּרְאָה to be shown. Y.M. Kat. III, 82c top אם הוּרְאוּ לו רוב פנים if most of the faces have been shown him, i. e. if the majority of comforters have been to see him (v. supra). Hithpa. הִתְרָאֶה to show ones self. Taan.10b שכח … אל יִתְרָאֶה בפני הצבור if he forgot and ate and drank (in a place where a fast is held), he must not show himself before the people. -
100 ζάω
ζάω contr. ζῶ (Hom.+) impf. ἔζων (Ro 7:9 B ἔζην; on this form s. Schwyzer I 675; B-D-F §88; Mlt-H. 194, both w. ref.); fut. ζήσω (uniformly attested Ro 6:2; Hb 12:9); the later (since Hippocr. VII p. 536 L.; LXX; AscIs 3:9; Jos., Ant. 1, 193 al.) form ζήσομαι (B-D-F §77; Rob. 356) is more common (on the fut. forms s. JLee, NovT 22, ’80, 289–98; GKilpatrick, ibid. 25, ’83, 146–51); 1 aor. ἔζησα. On the LXX usage s. Thackeray 269; for forms in pap, Gignac II 370.① to be alive physically, liveⓐ of physical life in contrast to deathα. gener. Ac 22:22; Ro 7:1, 2, 3; 14:8ac; 1 Cor 7:39; 2 Cor 5:15a; 6:9; Hb 9:17. ψυχὴ ζῶσα a living soul (Gen 1:20 al.; Just., D. 6, 1 ζῇ ψυχῇ) 1 Cor 15:45 (Gen 2:7); Rv 16:3 v.l. ὅσα ἔτη ζῇ as many years as he lives B 10:6 (cp. SIG 663, 6; Sb 173, 6 Αὐρήλιος ζήσας ἔτη νε´; En 10:10). τὸ ζῆν life (Attic wr., ins, pap, LXX) ὥστε ἐξαπορηθῆναι ἡμᾶς καὶ τοῦ ζῆν so that we even despaired of life 2 Cor 1:8. διὰ παντὸς τοῦ ζῆν during the whole lifetime Hb 2:15 (cp. Diod S 1, 74, 3 διατελεῖν πάντα τὸν τοῦ ζῆν χρόνον; 4, 46, 4). ἔτι ζῶν while he was still living= before his death Mt 27:63 (CB I/2 660 no. 618 Ζώσιμος ἔτι ζῶν κατεσκεύασεν; 3 Km 12:6). ζῶντες ἐβλήθησαν … εἰς τὴν λίμνην τοῦ πυρός they were thrown alive into the lake of fire Rv 19:20. ζῶσα τέθνηκεν though alive she is dead 1 Ti 5:6 (cp. Sextus 7). ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες we during our (earthly) life 2 Cor 4:11; the same phrase= we who are still living 1 Th 4:15, 17. Here the opp. is νεκροί, as in Mt 22:32; Mk 12:27; Lk 20:38a. ζῶντες καὶ νεκροί the living and the dead Ac 10:42; Ro 14:9b; 2 Ti 4:1; 1 Pt 4:5; 2 Cl 1:1; B 7:2.—Occasionally the contrast betw. νεκρός and ζῆν is used fig. with ref. to the realm of religion and ethics Lk 15:24 v.l., 32.β. of dead persons who return to life become alive again: of humans in general (3 Km 17:23) Mt 9:18; Ac 9:41; 20:12; Rv 20:4, 5; AcPl Ha 11, 7. Of Jesus Mk 16:11; Lk 24:5, 23; Ac 1:3; 25:19; Ro 14:9a; 2 Cor 13:4a; Rv 1:18b; 2:8 (Just., D. 69, 6 νεκροὺς … ζῆν ποιήσας).γ. of sick persons, if their illness terminates not in death but in recovery be well, recover (Artem. 4, 4 ἔζησεν ὁ παῖς=became well; 5, 71; 72; PGM 1, 188; 4 Km 1:2; 8:8 εἰ ζήσομαι ἐκ τῆς ἀρρωστίας μου ταύτης; Jos., Vi. 421) Mk 5:23; J 4:50, 51, 53.—Of removal of anxiety 1 Th 3:8.δ. also of healthy persons live on, remain alive (X., An. 3, 2, 39 ὅστις δὲ ζῆν ἐπιθυμεῖ πειράσθω νικᾶν; Ep. 56 of Apollonius of Tyana [Philostrat. I 359, 14]; ApcMos 31 διὰ τί σὺ ἀποθνῄσκεις καγὼ ζῶ;) Ac 25:24; 28:4. ἐὰν ὁ κύριος θελήσῃ ζήσομεν Js 4:15. ὸ̓ς ἔχει τὴν πληγὴν τῆς μαχαίρης καὶ ἔζησεν Rv 13:14.ε. of beings that in reality, or as they are portrayed, are not subject to death: of Melchizedek Hb 7:8 (opp. ἀποθνῄσκοντες ἄνθρωποι). Jesus as everlasting high priest πάντοτε ζῶν 7:25.—In this sense it is most comprehensively applied to God (s. CBurchard, Untersuch. zu JosAs p. 103) (ὁ) θεὸς (ὁ) ζῶν (cp. 4 Km 19:4, 16; Is 37:4, 17; Hos 2:1; Da 6:21 Theod.; 3 Macc 6:28; TestAbr A 17 p. 99, 10 [Stone p. 46]; TestJob 37:2; JosAs 49:3 al.; SibOr 3, 763; POxy 924, 11 [IV A.D., Gnostic]; PGM 4, 1038 ὁ μέγας ζῶν θεός; 7, 823; 12, 79; Philo, Decal. 67 ὁ ζῶν ἀεὶ θεός; Orig., C. Cels. 8, 59, 18.—The phrase ‘the living God’ is not found in Joseph.) Mt 16:16; 26:63; J 6:69 v.l.; Ac 14:15; Ro 9:26 (Hos 2:1); 2 Cor 3:3; 6:16; 1 Th 1:9; 1 Ti 3:15; 4:10; 6:17 v.l.; Hb 3:12; 9:14; 10:31; 12:22; Rv 1:18a; 4:10; 7:2; 10:6; 2 Cl 20:2; GJs 20:1; AcPl Ha 2, 32; also ὁ ζῶν πατήρ J 6:57. W. the addition εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Rv 15:7; cp. 4:9 (cp. Tob 13:2; Sir 18:1). God takes a sovereign oath in the words ζῶ ἐγώ as surely as I live (Num 14:28 al.) Ro 14:11 (Is 49:18; classical parallels GStählin, NovT 5, ’62, 142 n. 2). ζῇ κύριος ὁ θεός [μου] as surely as the Lord my God lives GJs 4:1; 6:1; 13:3; 15:3; 19:3 (Judg 8:19; 1 Km 25:34 al; GrBar 1:7; cp. ApcEsdr 2:7); in expanded form καὶ ζῇ ὁ Χριστὸς αὐτοῦ 15:4 (s. deStrycker ad loc.).—Christ lives διὰ τὸν πατέρα because of the Father J 6:57b (s. Bultmann, comm. ad loc.).ⓑ w. mention of that upon which life depends ἐπί τινι on the basis of someth. (Andoc. 1, 100; Isocr. 10, 18; Ael. Aristid. 28, 103 K.=49 p. 525 D.) ζ. ἐπʼ ἄρτῳ live on bread Mt 4:4; Lk 4:4 (both Dt 8:3). ζ. ἔκ τινος obtain one’s living fr. someth. (Aristoph., Eccl. 591; Demosth. 57, 36; POxy 1117, 19; 1557, 12; TestJob 47:1f) 1 Cor 9:14.ⓒ w. more precise mention of the sphere (Artem. 3, 62 ἐν ἀγορᾷ ζ.=spend his life in the marketplace) ζ. ἐν σαρκί live in the flesh in contrast to the heavenly life Phil 1:22; Gal 2:20c; ζ. ἐν κόσμῳ live in the world Col 2:20. ζ. ἐν θεῷ, live in God (as the Being who penetrates and embraces everything) Ac 17:28 (s. κινέω 3). For AcPl Ha 1, 15 s. 2a end.② to live in a transcendent sense, live, of the sanctified life of a child of God (ζῆν in the sense of a higher type of life than the animal: X., Mem. 3, 3, 11; Cass. Dio 69, 19: after years of public service, Similis retires and prepares this epitaph: Σίμιλις ἐνταύθα κεῖται βιοὺς μὲν ἔτη τόσα, ζήσας δὲ ἔτη ἑπτά=Here lies Similis, existing for so many years, but alive for only seven.).ⓐ in the world ἐγὼ ἔζων χωρὶς νόμου ποτέ I was once (truly) alive without law (this has been interpr. to mean when no law existed; Paul is then regarded as speaking fr. the viewpoint of humanity in paradise before the command Gen 2:16 f; 3:3. Another interpr. thinks of Paul as referring to the period in his life when he was not conscious of the existence and significance of the law. In view of Paul’s climactic affirmation in Ro 7:25, Paul probably illustrates in the first person the perils of a Christian who succumbs to the illusion that moral action is connected with law rather than with the ‘spirit of life in Christ’ Ro 8:2) Ro 7:9. Even now those who listen to the voice of the Son of God enjoy this life J 5:25; cp. 11:26; likew. those who receive him into their being ὁ τρώγων τὸν ἄρτον 6:57c; cp. Ro 6:11, 13 (ἐκ νεκρῶν ζῶντας); Gal 2:19; Rv 3:1. This heavenly life on earth is a ζ. πνεύματι Gal 5:25 or a life not of mere human achievement, but of Christ who lives in Christians 2:20ab. Also of the superhuman power of the apostle ζήσομεν σὺν αὐτῷ ἐκ δυνάμεως θεοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς we shall live with him (Christ) through God’s power in our dealings with you 2 Cor 13:4. ὁ κύριος βούλεται ζῆν ἡμᾶς ἐν θεῷ=the Lord wills that we live under God’s direction AcPl Ha 1, 15 (opp. ἀποθανεῖν ἐν ἁμαρτίαις; s. 1c end)ⓑ in the glory of the life to come (Sir 48:11; cp. Dt 4:1; 8:1; 30:16).α. abs. Lk 10:28; J 11:25; 14:19; Ro 8:13b; Hb 12:9. ἐμοὶ τ. ζῆν Χριστός= life is possible for me only where Christ is (hence death is gain) Phil 1:21 (s. OSchmitz, GHeinrici Festschr. 1914, 155–69). Another common interpr. is for me to live is Christ, i.e. while I am alive I experience real life in connection with Christ; w. death comes life in all fullness in the presence of Jesus.β. More specifically εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα have eternal life (Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 17 ζῆν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα; PsSol 14:2) J 6:51, 58 (in J the blessed life which the follower of Jesus enjoys here and now in the body is simply continued in the heavenly life of the future. In other respects also the dividing line betw. the present and the future life is somet. nonexistent or at least not discernible); B 6:3; 8:5; 9:2; 11:10f; ἅμα σὺν αὐτῷ (i.e. Χριστῷ) ζ. live together with Christ 1 Th 5:10; ζ. διʼ αὐτοῦ (i.e. Chr.) 1J 4:9; ζ. κατὰ θεὸν πνεύματι live, as God (lives), in the Spirit 1 Pt 4:6. ὁ δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται (cp. Hab 2:4) he that is just through faith will have life Ro 1:17 (AFeuillet, NTS 6, ’59, 52–80; but s. Fitzmyer, Ro [AB] ad loc.); Gal 3:11; Hb 10:38. This life is τὸ ἀληθινὸν ζῆν ITr 9:2; IEph 11:1. Christ is called τὸ ἀδιάκριτον ἡμῶν ζῆν our unshakable or inseparable life 3:2. τὸ διὰ παντὸς ἡμῶν ζῆν our total life 1 Mg 1:2—The law-directed pers. believes concerning legal performance: ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὰ ζήσεται ἐν αὐτοῖς (Lev 18:5) Gal 3:12; cp. Ro 10:5 (cp. Dio Chrys. 58 [75], 1 οἱ τοῦτον [= τ. νόμον] φυλάττοντες ἔχονται τῆς σωτηρίας=those who observe law have a firm grip on security).③ to conduct oneself in a pattern of behavior, live (Hom. et al.)ⓐ used w. adverbs or other modifiers: adv. (Sallust. 19 p. 34, 25 κακῶς ζῆν [Just., A I, 4, 7]; SIG 889, 13ff; Wsd 14:28; Philo; Jos., Ant. 12, 198; Ath. 3, 1 δίκην θηρίων) ἀσώτως Lk 15:13. ἐθνικῶς and ἰουδαϊκῶς Gal 2:14. εὐσεβῶς 2 Ti 3:12. πανούργως Hm 3, 3. σωφρόνως κ. δικαίως κ. εὐσεβῶς Tit 2:12 (Plut., Mor. 1108c ζῆν σωφρόνως κ. δικαίως; cp. Diog. L. 10, 132; 140; Ar. 15, 10).—Φαρισαῖος live as a Pharisee Ac 26:5. ἐν πίστει Gal 2:20d. ἐν ἁμαρτίᾳ Ro 6:2; ζ. ἐν τούτοις live in these (sins) Col 3:7. κατὰ ἀλήθειαν in keeping w. the truth IEph 6:2 (cp. Philo, Post. Cai. 73 κατὰ βούλημα τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ζ.; Jos., Ant. 4, 302 κατὰ τ. νόμους ζ.; Just., D. 47, 4 κατὰ τὸν νόμον; Orig., C. Cels. 7, 12, 7 κατὰ τὰς θείας γραφάς). κατὰ θεόν 8:1 (cp. SIG 910 A and B). κατὰ Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν IPhld 3:2. κατὰ Χριστιανισμόν live in accordance w. (our) commitment to Christ IMg 10:1. κατὰ σάρκα Ro 8:12f; Dg 5:8; κατὰ κυριακὴν ζ. (opp. σαββατίζειν) include the observance of the Lord’s day in one’s life IMg 9:1. Of a married woman ζ. μετὰ ἀνδρός live w. her husband Lk 2:36 (for the added acc. of extent of time cp. Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 332 D.; Pr 28:16; ἥτις ἔζησεν καλῶς μετʼ ἐμοῦ ἔτη 28, μῆνας 4, ἡμέρας 5: SEG II, 384, 6–8 [restored]; s. also FDanker, Jesus and the New Age ’88, 71).ⓑ τινί live for someone or someth., for the other’s benefit (Hom. et al.; Demosth. 7, 17 οἳ οὐκ αἰσχύνονται Φιλίππῳ ζῶντες καὶ οὐ τῇ ἑαυτῶν πατρίδι; Dionys. Hal. 3, 17 … παῖδες, τῷ πατρὶ ζῶντες) ζ. τῷ θεῷ (4 Macc 7:19; 16:25; Philo, Mut. Nom. 13, Rer. Div. Her. 111; s. SAalen, NTS 13, ’67, 10) Lk 20:38b (cp. Soph., Ajax 970); Ro 6:10, 11; Gal 2:19; Hm 3:5; AcPl Ha 10, 7; τῷ κυρίῳ Ro 14:8b (cp. Plut., Cleom. 819 [31, 5]). For Christ 2 Cor 5:15; τῷ ἐμῷ βασιλεῖ AcPl Ha 9, 26 (restored after Aa I 112, 14) τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ ζ. 1 Pt 2:24; ἑαυτῷ ζ. live for oneself (Menand., Fgm. 646 Kö. οὐχ ἑαυτῷ ζῆν μόνον; Diod S 10, 33, 2 ζ. ἑαυτοῖς=live for themselves) Ro 14:7.④ to be full of vitality, be lively the ptc. is used fig. w. respect to things (cp. τῶν δένδρων τῶν ζῶντων ParJer 9:3), of spring water in contrast w. cistern water ὕδωρ ζῶν (Gen 26:19; Lev 14:5; Jer 2:13 v.l.; Zech 14:8.—Stagnant water is called ὕ. νεκρόν: Synes., Ep. 114, 254d) J 4:10f (Hdb. exc. on J 4:14); 7:38; D 7:1f (Wengst p. 77 n. 57). ζώσας πηγάς Rv 7:17 v.l.⑤ to be life-productive, offer life ptc. used w. respect to things (SIG 1173 [138 A.D.], 5 ζῶσαι ἀρεταὶ ἐγένοντο=miracles full of divine life occurred) λόγια ζῶντα words that meant life Ac 7:38. λόγος ζῶν θεοῦ 1 Pt 1:23; cp. Hb 4:12. ὁδὸς ζῶσα a living way 10:20. ἐλπὶς ζῶσα a living hope 1 Pt 1:3.—ζ. is also used of things which serve as descriptions of pers. who communicate divine life: of Christ ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν J 6:51a. λίθος ζῶν 1 Pt 2:4. Of Christians: θυσία ζῶσα a living sacrifice Ro 12:1. λίθοι ζῶντες 1 Pt 2:5.—τὰ παρὰ ζώσης φωνῆς καὶ μενούσης the (words) of a living and abiding voice Papias (2:4) (opp. ἐκ τῶν βιβλίων).—Lit. s. ζωή end. DELG s.v. ζώω.M-M. TW.
Страницы
См. также в других словарях:
Sacrifice of the Mass — • The word Mass (missa) first established itself as the general designation for the Eucharistic Sacrifice in the West after the time of Pope Gregory the Great, the early Church having used the expression the breaking of bread (fractio panis) or… … Catholic encyclopedia
Sacrifice — • This term is identical with the English offering (Latin offerre) and the German Opfer Catholic Encyclopedia. Kevin Knight. 2006. Sacrifice Sacrifice … Catholic encyclopedia
Sacrifice — (from a Middle English verb meaning to make sacred , from Old French, from Latin sacrificium : sacr , sacred + facere , to make ) is commonly known as the practice of offering food, objects (typically valuables), or the lives of animals or people … Wikipedia
sacrifice — sacrificeable, adj. sacrificer, n. /sak reuh fuys /, n., v., sacrificed, sacrificing. n. 1. the offering of animal, plant, or human life or of some material possession to a deity, as in propitiation or homage. 2. the person, animal, or thing so… … Universalium
Sacrifice of Isaac (Caravaggio) — The Sacrifice of Isaac is the title of two paintings by the Italian master Caravaggio (1571 1610). Princeton version Infobox Painting| title=Sacrifice of Isaac artist=Caravaggio year=c. 1598 type=Oil on canvas height=116 width=173 city=Princeton … Wikipedia
For the Cause — ST episode series = Deep Space Nine name = For the Cause Eddington gives orders ep num = 93 prod num = 494 date = May 6, 1996 writer = Ronald D. Moore director = James L. Conway guest = Kenneth Marshall as Michael Eddington Penny Johnson as… … Wikipedia
Sacrifice — The offering up of sacrifices is to be regarded as a divine institution. It did not originate with man. God himself appointed it as the mode in which acceptable worship was to be offered to him by guilty man. The language and the idea of… … Easton's Bible Dictionary
Prayers for the Dead — • Catholic teaching regarding prayers for the dead is bound up inseparably with the doctrine of purgatory and the more general doctrine of the communion of the saints, which is an article of the Apostle s Creed Catholic Encyclopedia. Kevin Knight … Catholic encyclopedia
Sacrifice of Angels — Star Trek: Deep Space Nine episode The Federation suffers losses in its battle to re take Deep Space Nine … Wikipedia
Sacrifice (Gary Numan album) — Sacrifice Studio album by Gary Numan Released October 1994 … Wikipedia
For the Beauty of the Earth — is a Christian hymn by Folliott S. Pierpoint (1835 1917).Pierpoint was 29 at the time he wrote this hymn; he was mesmerised by the beauty of the countryside that surrounded him. It first appeared in 1864 in a book of poems entitled The Sacrifice… … Wikipedia
